MODEL S
OWNER'S MANUAL
Software version: 2020.44
North America
SAFETY INFORMATION
The Model S Owner's Manual is available on the touchscreen. To view it, touch Controls > Owner's Manual.
For detailed information about your Model S, go to www.tesla.com, and log on to your Tesla Account, or sign up to get
an account.
If you have any questions or concerns about your Model S, call 1-877-79TESLA (1-877-798-3752).
DOCUMENT APPLICABILITY
Features released in the most recent versions of software may not be described in this document but are described in
Release Notes. Display Release Notes on the touchscreen by touching the Tesla T at the top center of the touchscreen,
then touching the Release Notes link. If information provided in this document conflicts with information in the Release
Notes, the Release Notes take precedence. ILLUSTRATIONS The illustrations provided in this document are for
demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software version and market region, the information
displayed on the touchscreen in your vehicle may appear slightly
dierent.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
All specifications and descriptions contained in this document are verified to be accurate at the time of printing.
However, because continuous improvement is a goal at Tesla, we reserve the right to make product modifications at any
time. To communicate any inaccuracies or omissions in this document, please send an email to:
ownersmanualf[email protected]om.
© 2012-2020 TESLA, INC.
All information in this document and all vehicle software is subject to copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. This material may not be modified, reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the
prior written permission of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors. Additional information is available upon request. The following are
trademarks or registered trademarks of Tesla, Inc. in the United States and other countries:
TESLA, TESLA MOTORS, MODEL S, MODEL X, ROADSTER, MODEL 3, MODEL Y
Overview................................................................ 2
Interior Overview............................................................................. 2
Exterior Overview............................................................................4
Touchscreen Overview.................................................................. 5
Opening and Closing....................................... 10
Keys and Doors...............................................................................10
Windows............................................................................................14
Rear Trunk.........................................................................................15
Front Trunk....................................................................................... 17
Interior Storage and Electronics.............................................. 19
Sunroof..............................................................................................22
Seating and Safety Restraints..................... 23
Front and Rear Seats................................................................... 23
Seat Belts......................................................................................... 25
Child Safety Seats.........................................................................27
Airbags..............................................................................................33
Driving.................................................................. 37
Driver Profiles................................................................................. 37
Steering Wheel.............................................................................. 39
Mirrors............................................................................................... 42
Starting and Powering O........................................................ 44
Gears..................................................................................................46
Lights.................................................................................................48
Instrument Panel............................................................................52
Wipers and Washers.................................................................... 58
Braking and Stopping..................................................................59
Traction Control.............................................................................63
Park Assist....................................................................................... 64
Vehicle Hold.................................................................................... 66
Acceleration Modes......................................................................67
Trip Information.............................................................................69
Getting Maximum Range........................................................... 70
Rear View Camera.........................................................................72
Dashcam........................................................................................... 73
Pedestrian Warning System......................................................76
Cold Weather Best Practices.................................................... 77
Autopilot..............................................................79
About Autopilot.............................................................................79
Trac-Aware Cruise Control.................................................... 82
Autosteer..........................................................................................88
Navigate on Autopilot.................................................................92
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control....................................... 95
Autopark.........................................................................................102
Summon..........................................................................................104
Smart Summon............................................................................ 107
Lane Assist......................................................................................110
Collision Avoidance Assist.........................................................113
Speed Assist...................................................................................116
Using the Touchscreen
...................................118
Controls............................................................................................ 118
Climate Controls.......................................................................... 124
Maps and Navigation..................................................................129
Media and Audio..........................................................................134
Phone............................................................................................... 137
Air Suspension..............................................................................139
Calendar...........................................................................................141
Security Settings..........................................................................142
HomeLink Universal Transceiver............................................146
Connecting to Wi-Fi................................................................... 148
Software Updates........................................................................149
Mobile App......................................................................................151
Charging.............................................................153
Electric Vehicle Components.................................................. 153
Battery Information.................................................................... 155
Charging Instructions.................................................................156
Maintenance.......................................................161
Maintenance Schedule................................................................161
Tire Care and Maintenance...................................................... 163
Cleaning.......................................................................................... 168
Wiper Blades and Washer Jets............................................... 171
Fluid Reservoirs............................................................................ 172
Jacking and Lifting......................................................................175
Parts and Accessories................................................................176
Specifications................................................... 177
Identification Labels................................................................... 177
Vehicle Loading............................................................................178
Dimensions and Weights..........................................................180
Subsystems.................................................................................... 182
Wheels and Tires......................................................................... 184
Roadside Assistance......................................192
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance................................192
Instructions for Transporters...................................................193
Consumer Information..................................196
Easter Eggs....................................................................................196
About this Owner Information............................................... 197
Disclaimers.....................................................................................198
Reporting Safety Defects....................................................... 200
Declarations of Conformity..................................................... 201
Troubleshooting Alerts............................................................ 204
Index................................................................... 224
Contents
1.
Interior door handles (Opening Doors from the Interior on page 12)
2.
Autopilot stalk (Trac-Aware Cruise Control on page 82 and Autosteer on page 88)
3.
Turn signal stalk (High Beam Headlights on page 50, Turn Signals on page 50, Wipers and Washers on page
58)
4.
Steering wheel buttons - left (Using Left Steering Wheel Buttons on page 39)
5.
Instrument panel (Instrument Panel on page 52)
6.
Steering wheel buttons - right (Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons on page 40)
7.
Drive stalk (Shifting Gears on page 46)
8.
Touchscreen (Touchscreen Overview on page 5)
9.
Glovebox button (Glovebox on page 19)
10. Cabin climate control (Climate Controls on page 124)
11. Power window switches (Opening and Closing on page 14)
12.
Exterior mirror adjustment switches (Mirrors on page 42)
13.
Seats (Front and Rear Seats on page 23)
14. Steering column adjuster (hidden from view in the above image) (Steering Wheel on page 39)
15. Horn (Horn on page 41)
16. Brakes (Braking and Stopping on page 59)
17.
Accelerator pedal (Acceleration Modes on page 67)
Interior Overview
2 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
1.
Exterior lights (Lights on page 48)
2.
Door handles (Using Exterior Door Handles on page 11)
3.
Sunroof (optional) (Sunroof on page 22)
4.
Charge port (Charging Instructions on page 156)
5.
Autopilot cameras (About Autopilot on page 79)
6.
Exterior mirrors (Mirrors on page 42)
7.
Hood/Front trunk (Front Trunk on page 17)
8. Radar sensor (hidden from view in the above image) (About Autopilot on page 79)
9.
Wheels and tires (Wheels and Tires on page 184)
10.
Rear view camera (Rear View Camera on page 72 and About Autopilot on page 79)
11. Rear trunk/liftgate (Rear Trunk on page 15)
12. Ultrasonic sensors (Park Assist on page 64 and About Autopilot on page 79)
Exterior Overview
4 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
The main components of the touchscreen are shown here. The touchscreen is used to control many features that, in
traditional cars, are controlled using physical buttons (for example, adjusting the heating and air conditioning,
headlights, etc.). You can also use the touchscreen to customize Model S to suit your preferences.
WARNING: Always pay attention to road and trac conditions when driving. To minimize driver distraction and
ensure the safety of vehicle occupants as well as other road users, avoid using the touchscreen to adjust
settings while the vehicle is in motion.
NOTE: The image below is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software version
and market region, your touchscreen may appear slightly dierent.
Touchscreen Overview
5Overview
1.
This area on the top of the touchscreen displays
useful information and provides shortcuts to various
features. In addition to the time of day
and the
current outside temperature, this area displays the
following icons:
Touch to lock/unlock all doors and
trunks.
Touch to display the charging
screen and access charge settings
on the touchscreen.
Access information about your
Model S. See The Tesla "T" on page
9.
Add,
configure, or quickly switch
driver profiles (including Valet
Mode and Easy Entry). See Driver
Profiles on page 37.
Touchscreen Overview
6 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Displays when a notification is in
eect. Touch to display information
about the notification. To display a
list of the most recent notifications,
with the most recent listed first,
you can also touch Service >
Notifications. See Troubleshooting
Alerts on page 204.
Displays when a software update is
available (see Software Updates on
page 149).
Displays when Dashcam is ready to
be used (you have inserted a
supported flash drive into the USB
port). Touch to operate Dashcam.
When in Park, touch the Dashcam
icon and select "Launch Viewer" to
watch your saved Dashcam and
Sentry Mode clips (see Dashcam on
page 73).
Touch to enable or disable Sentry
Mode to actively monitor the
vehicle's surroundings (see Sentry
Mode on page 142).
Control or program HomeLink
devices (if equipped) (see
HomeLink Universal Transceiver on
page 146).
Connected to a Wi-Fi network.
Connected to cellular network.
Touch to connect to Wi-Fi (see
Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 148).
Connect to a Bluetooth device (see
Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page
137).
Displays the status of the front
passenger airbag (applicable only
in regions where the airbag can be
disabled, as described in Airbags
on page 33).
2.
Controls. Touch to control features and customize
Model S to suit your preferences (see Controls on
page 118).
3. Media Player (see Media and Audio on page 134).
Touchscreen Overview
7Overview
you can open Model S by following the unlocking
procedure (see Unlocking When the Key Doesn't Work
on page 13).
For increased security, your key fob may require
periodical updates. To update your key fob, go to
Controls > Service > Update Key Fob and follow the
onscreen instructions. Your vehicle must be in Park to
update the key fob.
CAUTION: Remember to bring the key with you
when you drive. Although you can drive Model S
away from its key, you will be unable to power it
back on after it powers o.
CAUTION: Protect the key from impact, high
temperatures, and damage from liquids. Avoid
contact with solvents, waxes and abrasive
cleaners.
Replacing the Key Battery
The key’s battery lasts for approximately a year with
normal use. When the battery is low, a message displays
on the instrument panel. Follow these steps to replace it:
NOTE: Tesla recommends replacing the battery in all
keys at the same time.
1.
With the key placed button-side down on a soft
surface, use a small flat-bladed tool or fingernail to
release the bottom cover.
2.
Remove the battery by carefully lifting it away from
the front retaining clips.
3.
Insert the new battery (type CR2032) with the ‘+’
side facing up.
NOTE:
Tesla recommends using Panasonic CR2032
batteries. These can be purchased through online
retailers, local supermarkets, and drug stores.
NOTE: Wipe the battery clean before fitting and
avoid touching the battery's flat surfaces. Finger
marks on the
flat surfaces of the battery can reduce
battery life.
4. Holding the cover at an angle, align the tabs on the
widest side of the cover with the corresponding slots
on the key, then press the cover
firmly onto the key
until it snaps into place.
5. Test that the key works by unlocking and locking your
vehicle.
Getting More Keys
If you lose a key or require an additional one, contact
Tesla. Model S can recognize up to three keys.
When ordering a new key for Model S, take all available
keys with you for reprogramming.
Using Exterior Door Handles
A light press on a door handle extends it, provided
Model S detects a valid key nearby and Passive Entry is
on (
Controls > Safety & Security > Passive Entry).
You can set the door handles to extend automatically
whenever you approach the driver’s side carrying the
key. On the touchscreen, touch
Controls > Vehicle >
Auto-Present Handles.
Insert your hand into the handle and pull to open the
door.
Door handles retract if you do not use them within one
minute after they extend. Just press a handle to extend
it again. Door handles also retract a minute after the last
door closes, when Model S begins moving, and when
you lock Model S.
NOTE: To preserve battery life, Model S is designed to
temporarily disable the Auto-Present Handles feature
when:
Keys and Doors
11Opening and Closing
• The key has been out of range for more than 48
hours.
• The key remains within range for five minutes after
all doors have been closed.
In these cases, extend door handles by touching one of
them, or by pressing the unlock button on the key.
There is no need to reset the setting. The next time you
approach
Model S, provided the above conditions do
not apply, handles automatically extend.
Whenever a door is open, the Door
Open indicator displays on the
instrument panel. Also, the image of the
Model S on the touchscreen's Controls >
Quick Controls window also provides a
visual representation of an open door or
trunk.
Opening Doors from the Interior
To open a door, pull the interior door handle toward
you.
NOTE: To prevent children from opening rear doors
using the interior handles, use the touchscreen,
Controls > Vehicle > Child-Protection Lock, to turn on
the child-protection locks (see
Child-Protection Lock on
page 12).
Interior Locking and Unlocking
From inside Model S, you can use the touchscreen to
lock or unlock doors and trunks, provided a valid key is
inside the vehicle. Touch the lock icon on the
touchscreen's status bar.
When you stop Model S and engage the Park gear, you
can choose whether you want doors to unlock or
remain locked. To do so, touch
Controls > Vehicle >
Unlock on Park. When enabled, doors automatically
unlock when you engage the Park gear.
You can also unlock doors
and present handles by
pressing the Park button on the end of the gear
selector a second time (for example, after pressing it
one time to engage the Park gear).
NOTE: If a door or trunk is still open when you lock
Model S, it locks when you close it.
Door Unlock Mode
You can choose to unlock only the driver's door when
you approach your vehicle carrying your key or when
you shift into Park. To do so, touch
Controls > Vehicle >
Driver Door Unlock Mode.
Child-Protection Lock
Model S has child-protection locks on the rear doors
and liftgate to prevent them from being opened using
interior handles. Use the touchscreen to turn child-
protection locks on or
o. Touch Controls > Vehicle >
Child-Protection Lock.
NOTE: It is recommended that you turn child-protection
locks on whenever children are seated in the rear seats.
Drive Away Locking
Model S automatically locks all doors (including the
trunks) whenever your driving speed exceeds 5 mph
(8 km/h).
Walk-Away Door Lock
Doors and trunks automatically lock whenever you walk
away carrying the key or if the key is otherwise not
detected by your vehicle (not present, dead battery,
etc.).
To turn this feature on or o, touch Controls > Vehicle >
Walk-Away Door Lock.
Check the Exclude Home checkbox to prevent doors
from locking when you walk away carrying the key
when Model S is parked at the location you have
designated as Home. For details on how to designate a
location as Home, see
Recent, Favorite, Home and Work
Destinations on page 132.
NOTE: If Model S detects an authenticated key for five
minutes after you exit the vehicle and close all doors,
Walk-Away Door Lock disables and doors do not lock
when you leave with the key. You will need to manually
lock Model S until after your next drive.
NOTE: If all doors are closed and you use the key to
unlock Model S, walk away locking is temporarily
suspended for one minute. If you open a door within
this minute, it does not re-lock until after all the doors
are closed and you have walked away with the key.
Keys and Doors
12 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: If you unlock Model S using the mobile app, it
automatically locks after a short period of time if all
doors remain closed. If parked in an area without cellular
service (such as an indoor parking garage), ensure that
you have a functional key fob available to unlock
Model S.
Unlocking When the Key Doesn't
Work
If Model S does not unlock when you walk up to it, or
when you double-click the unlock button on the top of
your key, the key’s battery may be dead. Even if this is
the case, you can still use the key to unlock and drive
Model S.
NOTE: Although you can still use your key, you should
consider using the mobile app to remotely unlock and
start the vehicle. Then, replace your key's battery when
convenient.
To unlock Model S (and disable the security alarm) using
the key, first position the key near the base of the
passenger side windshield wiper. Then press the front
door handle on the right side of the vehicle. If Model S
doesn't unlock, try adjusting the position of the key and
try again. The key must be in the correct position for the
vehicle to unlock.
NOTE: The following illustration assumes a left hand
drive (LHD) vehicle. On a right hand drive (RHD) vehicle,
the locations are mirrored.
To drive Model S after gaining access to the cabin, place
the bottom of the key against the center console,
immediately below the 12V power outlet, then press and
hold the brake pedal to start
Model S.
NOTE:
Unlocking Model S using this method disables
walk away locking. You must manually re-enable walk
away locking after replacing the key’s battery.
Opening Interior Doors with No
Power
If Model S has no electrical power, the front doors open
as usual using the interior door handles. To open the rear
doors,
fold back the edge of the carpet below the rear
seats to expose the mechanical release cable. Pull the
mechanical release cable toward the center of the
vehicle.
Keys and Doors
13Opening and Closing
Opening and Closing
Press down on a switch to lower the associated window.
Window switches operate at two levels:
• To lower a window fully, press the switch all the way
down and immediately release.
• To lower a window partially, press the switch gently
and release when the window is where you want it.
Similarly, pull a switch to raise the associated window:
•
To raise a window fully, pull the switch all the way up
and immediately release.
•
To raise a window partially, pull the switch gently and
release when the window is where you want it.
NOTE: See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 77
for information on preparing windows for cold weather.
CAUTION:
When exiting the vehicle, be careful not
to unintentionally press the window switches, as
they may lower the windows on the driver or other
doors.
CAUTION:
Closing the door while the window is
fully raised (for example, if manually raised) can
damage the windows or the vehicle. Ensure the
window is slightly lowered before closing the door.
WARNING:
Before closing a window, it is the
driver’s responsibility to ensure that all occupants,
especially children, do not have any body parts
extended through the window’s opening. Failure to
do so can cause serious injury.
Locking Rear Windows
To prevent passengers from using the rear window
switches, press the rear window lock switch. The switch
light turns on. To unlock rear windows, press the switch
again.
WARNING:
To ensure safety, it is recommended
that you lock the rear window switches whenever
children are seated in the rear seats.
WARNING:
Never leave children unattended in
Model S.
Windows
14 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Opening
To open the rear trunk, ensure the vehicle is in Park, then
do one of the following:
• Touch the associated OPEN button on the
touchscreen (Controls > Quick Controls).
• Double-click the rear trunk button on the key.
• Touch the rear trunk button on the mobile app.
•
With Model S unlocked, press the switch located
under the rear trunk's exterior handle.
NOTE: If Passive Entry is o, you must use the key to
unlock
Model S before you can use the switch to
manually open the rear trunk. See Using the Key on
page 10.
When a door or the rear trunk powered
liftgate is open, the instrument panel
displays the Door Open indicator light.
The image of your
Model S on the
touchscreen also displays the open trunk.
To stop a powered liftgate while it is moving, single-click
the rear trunk button on the key fob. Then, when you
double-click the rear trunk button, it moves again, but in
the opposite direction (provided it was not almost
entirely open or closed when you stopped it). For
example, if you single-click to stop the powered liftgate
while it is opening, when you double-click, it closes.
NOTE: In emergency situations, you can override an
Open or Close command by grabbing hold of the
powered liftgate to stop it in place.
To open the rear trunk from inside Model S in the
unlikely situation that Model S has no power, see Interior
Emergency Trunk Release on page 16.
WARNING:
Before opening or closing the powered
liftgate, it is important to check that the area
around the liftgate is free of obstacles (people and
objects). You must proactively monitor the liftgate
to ensure that it does not come into contact with a
person or object. Failure to do so may result in
damage or serious injury.
Load Limits
Secure all cargo before moving Model S, and place
heavy cargo in the lower trunk compartment.
CAUTION: To avoid damage, never load more than
175 lbs (80 kg) on the rear load floor (above the
lower trunk compartment), or more than 285 lbs
(130 kg) in the large lower trunk compartment.
Doing so can cause damage.
Closing
If Model S is not equipped with a powered liftgate, close
the rear trunk by pulling down on the liftgate and
pushing firmly until it is fully closed.
To close the powered liftgate, do one of the following:
•
Touch the associated CLOSE button on the
touchscreen (
Controls > Quick Controls).
•
Double-click the rear trunk button on the key fob.
•
Press the switch located on the underside of the
liftgate (see Adjusting Liftgate Opening Height on
page 15).
If the powered liftgate senses an obstruction when
closing, it stops moving and sounds two chimes.
Remove the obstruction and try closing it again.
Adjusting Liftgate Opening Height
If Model S is equipped with a powered liftgate, you can
adjust its opening height to make it easier to reach or to
avoid low-hanging ceilings or objects (for example, a
garage door or light):
1.
Open the trunk, then manually lower or raise the
liftgate to the desired opening height.
2. Press and hold the button on the underside of the
liftgate for three seconds until you hear a
confirmation chime.
Rear Trunk
15Opening and Closing
3.
Confirm that you have set it to the desired height by
closing the powered liftgate, then reopening it.
Interior Release
To open the rear trunk from inside a Model S equipped
with the Tesla Built-In Rear Facing Child Seats, press
the interior release switch located inside the rear trunk
and push the liftgate up. If Model S is locked and is
equipped with a power liftgate, the
first press unlocks
the rear trunk and the second press opens it.
NOTE: If Model S is not equipped with the Tesla Rear
Facing Child Seats, the switch may appear to exist, but
it will be inactive and pressing it does not release the
liftgate.
If Model S is equipped with the power liftgate, you do
not need to push it up. When you press the release
switch, it opens, and when you pull the switch, it closes.
NOTE: The interior release switch is disabled if child-
protection locks are turned on (see Child-Protection
Lock on page 12), or if Model S is moving.
Accessing the Cargo Area
To access the cargo area inside the rear trunk, pull up
the strap at the rear of the cargo cover. You can then
fold the cargo cover forward or remove it from
Model S.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 175 lbs (80 kg)
on the rear load floor (above the lower trunk
compartment) or more than 285 lbs (130 kg) in
the lower trunk compartment. Doing so can cause
damage.
Interior Emergency Trunk Release
An illuminated mechanical release located inside the
rear trunk allows you to open the rear trunk from the
inside if Model S has no electrical power. This
mechanical release also allows a person locked inside to
get out.
1.
Remove the cover by pulling its lower edge very
firmly toward you.
2.
Pull the cable to release the latch.
3.
Push the rear trunk open.
NOTE: The button glows for several hours after a brief
exposure to ambient light.
WARNING:
Do not allow children to play inside
the trunk or become locked inside. An
unrestrained child could suer serious injury or
death in a crash. A child could suer heat
exhaustion if trapped in the vehicle, especially
without climate control on.
Rear Trunk
16 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Opening
To open the front trunk:
1.
Ensure that the area around the hood is free of
obstacles.
2. Touch the associated OPEN button on the
touchscreen (Controls > Quick Controls), double-
click the front trunk button on the
key, or touch the
front trunk button on the mobile app.
3.
Pull the hood up.
When a door or trunk/liftgate is open,
the instrument panel displays the Door
Open indicator light. The image of your
Model S on the touchscreen also
displays the open front trunk.
WARNING: Before opening or closing the hood, it
is important to check that the area around the
hood is free of obstacles (people and objects).
Failure to do so may result in damage or serious
injury.
NOTE: The front trunk locks whenever closed and you
lock Model S using either the touchscreen or externally
using the key or mobile app, you leave Model S carrying
your key (if
Walk-Away Door Lock on page 12 is turned
on), or when Valet mode is active (see Valet Mode on
page 38).
Closing
The Model S hood is not heavy enough to latch under
its own weight and applying pressure on the front edge
or center of the hood can cause damage.
To properly close the hood:
1.
Lower the hood until the striker touches the latches.
2.
Place both hands on the front of the hood in the
areas shown (in green), then press down firmly to
engage the latches.
3. Carefully try to lift the front edge of the hood to
ensure that it is fully closed.
CAUTION:
To prevent damage:
• Apply pressure only to the green areas shown.
Applying pressure to the red areas can cause
damage.
• Do not close the hood with one hand. Doing so
applies concentrated force in one area and can
result in a dent or crease.
• Do not apply pressure to the front edge of the
hood. Doing so can crease the edge.
•
Do not slam or drop the hood.
WARNING:
Before driving, you must ensure that
the hood is securely latched in the fully closed
position by carefully trying to lift the front edge of
the hood upward and confirming there is no
movement.
Interior Emergency Release
An illuminated interior release button inside the front
trunk allows a person locked inside to get out.
Front Trunk
17Opening and Closing
Press the interior release button to open the front trunk,
then push up on the hood.
NOTE: The interior release button glows following a
brief exposure to ambient light.
WARNING: People should never climb inside the
front trunk. Never shut the front trunk when a
person is inside.
WARNING: Care should be taken to ensure that
objects inside the front trunk do not bump
against the release button, causing the trunk to
accidentally open.
Front Trunk
18 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Cup Holders
To expose a front cup holder, slide back the armrest.
To expose rear cup holders (if equipped), press and
release the cup holder face plate located at the back of
the center console.
Interior Storage and Electronics
21Opening and Closing
Opening and Closing
If your Model S is equipped with a sunroof, you can vent
and close the sunroof remotely using the mobile app or
you can adjust the position of the sunroof by
controlling it from the menu on your right scroll wheel.
For full control of the sunroof, touch Controls > Quick
Controls on the touchscreen. Drag, or tap on, the image
of the sunroof or touch the buttons next to the image
of your vehicle. The sunroof moves to the selected
position. To stop the sunroof from moving at any time,
touch the image of the sunroof.
•
OPEN: touch once to open the sunroof to its comfort
position (75% open). Touch twice to open the
sunroof fully.
•
VENT: touch to open the sunroof slightly.
•
CLOSE: touch to fully close the sunroof.
NOTE: If the sunroof detects any obstruction, it does
not close. If, after removing the obstruction, it still does
not close, touch and hold
CLOSE to override the
sunroof’s anti-trap mechanism.
NOTE: If you find wind noise (which varies depending
on driving speed) excessive, even with the sunroof in
the comfort position, open a window slightly.
CAUTION:
Remove snow and ice before opening
the sunroof. Opening a sunroof covered in snow
and ice can cause damage.
WARNING:
Do not allow occupants to extend any
part of their body through the sunroof. Doing so
can cause serious injury from flying debris, tree
branches, or other obstructions.
WARNING:
Before closing the sunroof, ensure
that occupants, especially children, do not have
any body part extended through the sunroof
opening. Failure to do so can cause serious injury.
WARNING:
Do not carry an object that protrudes
through the sunroof. Doing so can damage the
sunroof’s seals and anti-trap mechanism, and can
cause injury to occupants.
Sunroof
22 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Correct Driving Position
The seat, head support, seat belt and airbags work
together to maximize your safety. Using these correctly
ensures greater protection.
Position the seat so you can wear the seat belt correctly,
while being as far away from the front airbag as
possible:
1.
Sit upright with both feet on the floor and the seat
back reclined no more than 30 degrees.
2.
Make sure you can easily reach the pedals and that
your arms are slightly bent when holding the steering
wheel. Your chest should be at least 10 inches
(25 cm) from the center of the airbag cover.
3.
Place the shoulder section of the seat belt mid-way
between your neck and your shoulder. Fit the lap
section of the belt tightly across your hips, not across
your stomach.
Model S seats include integrated head supports that
cannot be adjusted or removed.
Adjusting the Front Seats
1.
Move seat forward/backward and adjust the seat’s
height and tilt angle up/down.
2. Adjust backrest.
3. Adjust lumbar support.
WARNING:
Before adjusting a front seat, check
that the area around the seat is free of obstacles
(people and objects).
WARNING:
Do not adjust seats while driving.
Doing so increases the risk of a collision.
Front and Rear Seats
23Seating and Safety Restraints
WARNING: Never place anything between you
and the seat belt to cushion the impact in the
event of a collision.
Seat Belt Pre-tensioners
The front seat belts are equipped with pre‑tensioners
that work in conjunction with the airbags in a severe
frontal collision. The pre‑tensioners automatically
retract both the seat belt anchor and the seat belt
webbing, reducing slack in both the lap and diagonal
portions of the belts, resulting in reduced forward
movement of the occupant.
The outboard seats are equipped with shoulder pre-
tensioners to retract the seat belt webbing to reduce
forward movement of the occupant.
If the pre-tensioners and airbags did not activate in an
impact, this does not mean they malfunctioned. It
usually means that the strength or type of force needed
to activate them was not present.
WARNING:
Once the seat belt pre-tensioners
have been activated, they must be replaced. After
any collision, have the airbags, seat belt pre-
tensioners and any associated components
checked and, if necessary, replaced.
Testing Seat Belts
To confirm that seat belts are operating correctly,
perform these three simple checks on each seat belt.
1. With the seat belt fastened, give the webbing
nearest the buckle a quick pull. The buckle should
remain securely locked.
2. With the belt unfastened, unreel the webbing to its
limit. Check that unreeling is free from snags, and
visually check the webbing for wear. Allow the
webbing to retract, checking that retraction is
smooth and complete.
3. With the webbing half unreeled, hold the tongue
plate and pull forward quickly. The mechanism
should lock automatically and prevent further
unreeling.
If a seat belt fails any of these tests, contact Tesla
immediately.
For information about cleaning seat belts, see Seat
Belts on page 169.
Seat Belt Warnings
WARNING: Seat belts should be worn by all
occupants at all times, even if driving for a very
short distance. Failure to do so increases the risk
of injury or death if a collision occurs.
WARNING: Secure small children in a suitable
child safety seat as described in the Child Safety
Seat topic. Always follow the child safety seat
manufacturer's instructions when installing.
WARNING: Ensure that all seat belts are worn
correctly. An improperly worn seat belt increases
the risk of injury or death if a collision occurs.
WARNING: Do not wear seat belts over hard,
fragile or sharp items in clothing, such as pens,
keys, eyeglasses, etc. The pressure from the seat
belt on such items can cause injury.
WARNING: Seat belts should not be worn with
any part of the strap twisted.
WARNING: Each seat belt assembly must be used
by one occupant only. It is dangerous to put a
seat belt around a child being carried on an
occupant’s lap.
WARNING: Seat belts that have been worn in a
collision must be inspected or replaced by Tesla,
even if damage to the assembly is not obvious.
WARNING: Seat belts that show signs of wear
(such as fraying), or have been cut or damaged in
any way, must be replaced by Tesla.
WARNING: Avoid contaminating a seat belt’s
components with any chemicals, liquids, grit, dirt
or cleaning products. If a seat belt fails to retract
or latch into the buckle, it must be replaced
immediately. Contact Tesla.
WARNING: Do not make modifications or
additions that can prevent a seat belt mechanism
from taking up slack, or that can prevent a seat
belt from being adjusted to remove slack. A slack
belt greatly reduces occupant protection.
WARNING: Do not make modifications that can
interfere with the operation of a seat belt, or that
can cause a seat belt to become inoperable.
WARNING: When seat belts are not in use, they
should be fully retracted and not hanging loose. If
a seat belt does not fully retract, contact Tesla.
Seat Belts
26 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Choosing a Child Safety Seat
All children age 12 and under should ride in the second row seats. Always use a child safety seat suitable for a
young child’s age and weight. The following table is based on child safety seat recommendations determined by
National Highway
Trac Safety Administration (NHTSA). For more information, go to www.nhtsa.gov/ChildSafety/
Guidance.
Infants Toddlers Young children
Age Birth to 1 year* Over 1 year* 4 years and older, and
less than 57 in.
(145 cm) tall
Weight Up to at least 20 lbs (9 kg)* Over 20 lbs (9 kg) (minimum)
and up to 40 lbs (18 kg)*
Over 40 lbs (18 kg)
Type of child safety seat Rear facing (or convertible) Forward facing (or
convertible)*
Forward facing or seat
belt retained booster
seat****
Seat position Rear facing only* Rear facing as long as
possible, then forward facing*
Forward facing
Recommended attachment
method
If combined weight of child
and safety seat is up to
65 lbs (29 kg), attach using
either LATCH** (lower
anchor only) or the seat
belt only.*** If combined
weight of child and safety
seat is over 65 lbs (29 kg),
attach using the seat belt
only.***
If combined weight of child
and safety seat is up to 65 lbs
(29 kg), attach using either
LATCH** (both lower anchors
and top tether anchor), or the
seat belt and upper tether
strap.*** If combined weight
of child and safety seat is
over 65 lbs (29 kg), attach
using the seat belt and upper
tether strap.***
Attach booster seats
using the seat belt
only.
* Many child safety seats currently available allow children to ride rear-facing using the child safety seat’s
integrated 5-point harness for a longer period of time BASED UPON SPECIFIC HEIGHT AND WEIGHT LIMITS.
Keep your child in a rear facing seat for as long as possible. CHECK THE CHILD SAFETY SEAT
MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS AND CAREFULLY FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS.
** LATCH ("Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children") and ISOFIX are international standards for attachment
points for child safety seats in passenger cars that enable compliant child safety seats to be quickly and safely
secured. The system has other regional names including LUAS ("Lower Universal Anchorage System") or Canfix
in Canada. It has also been called the "Universal Child Safety Seat System" or UCSSS.
*** Subject to instructions provided by the child safety seat manufacturer.
****Keep your child in a forward facing child safety seat with a harness and tether until the child reaches the child
safety seat's maximum allowable height or weight as specified by the manufacturer of the child safety seat.
WARNING: Do not use Easy Entry (as described in Driver Profiles on page 37) to automatically move the
driver's seat to the full rearward position if a child safety seat is installed on a rear seat behind the driver's
seat. With reduced clearance, the movement of the seat may impact a child's legs, cause injury, or dislodge
the seat.
WARNING: Do not use LATCH anchors with child safety seats or booster seats that have an integral safety
belt where the combined weight of the child plus the child safety seat exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg).
WARNING: Laws that govern how and where children should be carried when traveling in a vehicle are
subject to change. It is the driver’s responsibility to keep up to date on, and comply with, all current
regulations in the region(s) where Model S is driven. To check the child passenger safety laws for states in the
U.S., go to: http://www.ghsa.org/html/stateinfo/laws/childsafety_laws.html.
Child Safety Seats
28 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
In the rear seats, install LATCH child safety seats in the
outboard seating positions only. Use only a seat belt
retained seat in the center position.
To install a LATCH child safety seat, carefully read and
follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of
the child restraint system. These instructions describe
how to slide the child restraint system onto the seat's
anchor bars until you hear it "click" into place. You may
need to push the child restraint system
firmly against
the seat back to ensure it
fits snugly.
Adjust until the child restraint system is fitted firmly
against the seat back. Ensure the child restraint system
fits snugly.
Child Safety Seats
30 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Location of Airbags
Airbags are located in the approximate areas shown below. Airbag warning information is printed on the sun visors.
Model S is equipped with an airbag and lap/shoulder belt at both front seating positions. The airbag is a
supplemental restraint at those seating positions. All occupants, including the driver, should always wear their seat
belts whether or not an airbag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death
in the event of a crash.
1.
Passenger knee airbag
2.
Passenger front airbag
3.
Side airbags
4.
Curtain airbags
5.
Driver’s knee airbag
6.
Driver’s front airbag
Airbags
33Opening and Closing
How Airbags Work
Airbags inflate when sensors detect an impact that
exceeds deployment thresholds. These thresholds are
designed to predict the severity of a crash in time for
the airbags to help protect the vehicle's occupants.
Airbags inflate instantly with considerable force
accompanied by a loud noise. The inflated bag,
together with the seat belts, limits movement of
occupants to reduce the risk of injury.
Front airbags are not ordinarily designed to inflate in
rear collisions, rollovers, side collisions and when
braking heavily or driving over bumps and potholes.
Likewise, front airbags may not
inflate in all frontal
collisions, such as minor front collisions, underride
collisions, or minor impacts with narrow objects (such
as posts or poles).
Significant superficial damage can
occur to the vehicle without the airbags inflating and,
conversely, a relatively small amount of structural
damage can cause airbags to
inflate. Therefore, the
external appearance of the vehicle after a collision does
not represent whether or not the front airbags should
have inflated.
WARNING:
Before modifying your vehicle to
accommodate a person with disabilities in a way
that may aect the airbag system, contact Tesla.
Types of Airbags
Model S has the following types of airbags:
•
Front airbags: The front airbags are designed to
reduce injuries if larger children or adults are riding
in the front seats. Follow all warnings and
instructions related to seating a child on the front
passenger seat (if permitted in your market region).
•
Knee airbags: Knee airbags and the front airbags
work together. The knee airbags limit the forward
motion of the front seat occupants by restricting leg
movement, thereby positioning the occupants so
that the front airbags work more
eectively.
•
Side airbags: Side airbags protect the thorax region
of the torso and the pelvis. They inflate only if a
severe side impact occurs. Side airbags on the non-
impacted side of the vehicle do not
inflate.
• Curtain airbags: Curtain airbags help protect the
head. Curtain airbags on both the impacted and
non-impacted side of the vehicle will
inflate only if a
severe side impact occurs, or if the vehicle rolls over.
Passenger Front Airbag Status
The status of the passenger front airbag displays in the
top corner of the touchscreen:
Before driving with a child seated on
the front passenger seat (if permitted
in your market region), always
double-check the status of the
passenger front airbag to
confirm that
it is OFF. When the passenger airbag
is OFF, it will not
inflate when a
collision occurs. This indicator also
displays when the seat is unoccupied.
To protect an adult occupying the
front passenger seat, ensure the
passenger front airbag is ON. When
the passenger airbag is ON, it may
inflate when a collision occurs
Disabling the Passenger Front
Airbag
Model S has an occupancy sensor in the front
passenger seat that controls the status of the
passenger front airbag.
NOTE: The occupancy sensor system meets the
regulatory requirement of FMVSS 208 and
automatically detects when inflating the passenger
front airbag would be unnecessary or potentially
harmful.
Weight in front
passenger seat
Passenger
airbag status
Indicator status
Empty OFF PASSENGER
AIRBAG OFF
Up to
20 lbs (9
kg)
OFF PASSENGER
AIRBAG OFF
20-100 lbs
(9-45 kg)*
OFF or ON
OFF - PASSENGER
AIRBAG OFF
ON - PASSENGER
AIRBAG ON
Over
100 lbs (45
kg)
ON PASSENGER
AIRBAG ON
*Values are approximate. A weight detected near the
threshold can cause the airbag status to occasionally
turn on and
o depending on seating position and
physique.
NOTE: It takes approximately six seconds after you
power on Model S for the occupancy sensor to report
accurate status of the front passenger airbag. As a
result, when you
first power on Model S, even in
situations when it should be OFF because the seat is
occupied by a weight of 20 lbs (9 kg) or less, it will take
the touchscreen approximately six seconds to display
the status, PASS AIRBAG OFF. If it fails to do so,
contact Tesla service immediately and do not seat a
child in the front passenger seating position.
Airbags
34 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
To make sure the sensing system can correctly detect
occupancy status, eliminate the following:
• Objects lodged under the seat.
• Heavy objects sitting on the seat (briefcase, large
purse).
•
Objects wedged between the seat back and seat
cushion.
• Cargo interfering with the seat.
•
Aftermarket items attached to, or sitting on, the seat
(covers, mats, blankets, etc.).
These conditions can interfere with the occupancy
sensor. If you have eliminated the above possibilities,
and the airbag status is still incorrect, ask passengers to
ride in the rear seats and contact Tesla to have the
airbag system checked.
NOTE: The front passenger occupancy sensor aects
the operation of the passenger front airbags only. The
side airbags are not aected.
WARNING:
If the front passenger airbag is not
turning on or o as expected based on the weight
thresholds previously described, contact Tesla
immediately.
WARNING:
Never seat a child on the front
passenger seat, even if the passenger airbag is o.
All occupants age 12 and under must ride in the
rear seats (see Child Safety Seats on page 27).
WARNING:
To ensure accuracy of the occupant
detection system, do not make any modifications
to the front passenger seat.
WARNING:
Do not use seat covers on Model S.
Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-
mounted side air bags if a collision occurs. It can
also reduce the accuracy of the occupant
detection system.
Inflation Eects
WARNING:
When airbags inflate, a fine powder is
released. This powder can irritate the skin and
should be thoroughly flushed from the eyes and
from any cuts or abrasions.
After inflation, the airbags deflate to provide a gradual
cushioning eect for the occupants and to ensure the
driver’s forward vision is not obscured.
If airbags have inflated, or if your vehicle has been in a
collision, always have the airbags, seat belt pre-
tensioners and any associated components checked
and, if necessary, replaced by Tesla.
In a collision, in addition to the airbags inflating:
•
Doors unlock, and the door handles extend.
•
Hazard warning lights turn on.
• Interior lights turn on.
• High voltage is disabled.
To restore high voltage power, use the touchscreen to
manually power o Model S (see Powering O on page
44), then press the brake to power it back on again.
Airbag Warning Indicator
The airbag indicator on the instrument
cluster remains lit if the airbag system is
malfunctioning. The only time this
indicator should light up is briefly when
Model S first powers up, in which case it
turns
o within a few seconds. If it
remains lit, contact Tesla immediately
and do not drive.
Airbag Warnings
WARNING:
Do not place objects over or near
airbags because any such objects could cause
harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to
cause the airbag to inflate.
WARNING:
All occupants, including the driver,
should always wear their seat belts, whether or not
an airbag is also provided at their seating position,
to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the
event of a collision.
WARNING:
Front seat occupants should not place
their arms over the airbag module, as an inflating
airbag can cause fractures or other injuries.
WARNING:
Do not use seat covers on Model S.
Doing so could restrict deployment of the seat-
mounted side air bags if a collision occurs. It can
also reduce the accuracy of the occupant
detection system, if equipped.
WARNING:
Airbags inflate with considerable
speed and force, which can cause injury. To limit
injuries, ensure that occupants are wearing seat
belts and are correctly seated, with the seat
positioned as far back as possible. The National
Highway Trac Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of 10" (25 cm)
between an occupant’s chest and an airbag.
WARNING:
Children should not be seated on the
front passenger seat unless permitted by
regulations in your market region. Follow all
regulations in your region for the appropriate way
to seat a child based on the child's weight, size,
and age. The safest place to seat infants and
young children is in the rear seating positions.
Seating an infant or child in a rear-facing child
restraint system on a seat equipped with an
operational airbag can cause serious injury or
death.
Airbags
35Seating and Safety Restraints
Creating a Driver Profile
When you first adjust the driver’s seat, steering wheel, or
driver’s side mirror, the touchscreen prompts you to
create a driver
profile to save these adjustments. Your
profile also saves some of the preferences you make
using the touchscreen's Controls window.
To add a new driver profile, touch the
driver profile icon at the top of the
touchscreen. Then touch Add New
Driver, type the driver's name and touch
Create Profile. Follow the onscreen
instructions to save the seating position
to the driver
profile. You can also check
the Use Easy Entry checkbox if you want
to save (or use existing) Easy Entry
settings (described below) in which the
driver's seat and the steering wheel are
automatically adjusted to make it easy to
enter and exit
Model S.
If you change the position of the steering wheel, driver’s
seat, or driver’s side mirror after you have saved or
chosen a driver
profile, the touchscreen prompts you to
save the new position or restore the previously saved
position (other settings are automatically saved). To
change a setting without saving or restoring, just ignore
the prompt.
To adjust Model S based on a driver’s profile, touch the
driver profile icon and choose the driver name. The
saved adjustments are automatically made.
NOTE: Valet mode is a built-in driver profile used to limit
speed and restrict access to some Model S features (see
Valet Mode on page 38).
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture and options
selected at time of purchase, some Model S vehicles are
not equipped with the driver profile feature. Also, in
cases where the vehicle is equipped with driver profiles,
some features may not be automatically saved and
adjusted based on the driver profile (for example, mirror
position).
NOTE: To stop automatic adjustments that are in
process based on a driver's
profile, touch Stop on the
Driver Profile dropdown menu. Automatic adjustments
also stop if you manually adjust a seat, mirror or the
steering wheel.
Easy Entry
You can define an Easy Entry setting that moves the
steering wheel and driver's seat to make it easy to enter
and exit Model S. Any driver can use the Easy Entry
setting by associating it with their driver's
profile. When
the Easy Entry setting is associated with a driver's
profile, the steering wheel and driver's seat
automatically adjust when the park gear is engaged and
the driver's seat belt is unbuckled, allowing an easy exit
from the vehicle. When returning to the vehicle and
stepping on the brake pedal, settings automatically
adjust back to the settings used by the most recent
driver
profile (or based on the key if it's linked to a driver
profile).
To use Easy Entry with a driver profile, ensure the Use
Easy Entry box is checked.
WARNING: Never use Easy Entry to move the
driver's seat to the full rearward position when a
child safety seat is installed on a rear seat located
behind the driver's seat. With reduced clearance,
the movement of the seat may impact a child's
legs, cause injury, or dislodge the seat.
Restoring a Driver’s Profile
To adjust
Model S based on a driver’s
profile, touch the driver profile icon on
the touchscreen's status bar. Then
choose the driver and Model S is adjusted
based on the settings that have been
saved to the chosen driver
profile.
Saved Settings
A subset of the settings that you choose from the
Controls window to customize your
Model S are also
saved to your driver's profile. The settings that are
associated with driver profiles may vary depending on
the version of software currently installed on your
Model S.
Linking a Driver Profile to a Key
You can link a driver profile to a specific key to allow
Model S to automatically select the correct driver profile
when the linked key is detected as you approach the
vehicle and open the driver's door. To link a driver profile
to a key, enter Model S with the key and touch the driver
profile icon on the top of the touchscreen. Select the
driver profile you would like to link to the key, then touch
Link to Key Fob.
NOTE: Model S only detects one key at a time. The
driver profile is linked to the key that is detected by the
vehicle at that time. Therefore, if you want to link driver
profiles to multiple keys, ensure that only the key that
you would like to link the driver profile to is within
detection range while performing the linking procedure.
Move all other keys outside of the detection range (at
least
three feet (one meter) away from Model S).
NOTE: Model S can support up to three linked keys.
However, a driver
profile can only be linked to one key.
To remove the link between a driver profile and key,
touch the driver profile icon on the top of the
touchscreen. Select the driver profile, then touch the X
next to Linked to Key Fob.
Driver Profiles
37Driving
Valet Mode
When Model S is in Valet mode, the following
restrictions apply:
• Speed is limited to 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Maximum acceleration and power are limited.
• Front trunk and glovebox are locked.
• Home and Work locations are not available in the
navigation system.
•
Voice commands are disabled.
•
Autopilot convenience features are disabled.
• Most status bar functions are disabled.
• The Mobile Access setting is disabled.
•
HomeLink (if applicable in your market region) is not
accessible.
• Driver Profiles are not accessible.
• Wi-Fi and Bluetooth are disabled. When Model S is
in Valet mode, you cannot pair new Bluetooth
devices or view or delete existing paired devices.
NOTE: If a Bluetooth paired device or a known Wi-Fi
network is within operating range (approximately 30
feet or 9 meters) of Model S in Valet mode, Model S
will connect to it.
Starting Valet Mode
With Model S in Park, touch the driver profile icon on
the top of the touchscreen, then touch Valet Mode.
The first time you enter Valet mode, you will be
prompted to create a 4-digit PIN that you will use to
cancel Valet mode.
When Valet mode is active, the instrument panel
displays the word Valet above the driving speed and
the Valet mode driver profile displays on the
touchscreen.
You can also use the mobile app to start and cancel
Valet mode (provided Model S is in Park). When using
the mobile app, you do not need to enter a PIN because
you are already required to log into the app using your
Tesla Account credentials.
NOTE: If the PIN to Drive setting is enabled (see PIN to
Drive on page 142), you must enter the driving PIN
before you can define or enter a Valet PIN. Once in
Valet mode,
Model S can be driven without the valet
needing to enter the driving PIN.
NOTE: The PIN to Drive setting is not available when
Valet mode is active.
If you forget your valet PIN, reset it from inside Model S
by entering your Tesla Account credentials (which also
cancels Valet mode). You can also reset your PIN using
the mobile app.
Canceling Valet Mode
With Model S in Park, touch the Valet Mode driver icon
on the touchscreen's status bar, then enter your 4-digit
PIN.
When you cancel Valet mode, all settings associated
with the most recently used driver profile and climate
control settings are restored, and all features are
available.
NOTE: You do not need to enter a PIN to cancel Valet
mode from the mobile app.
Driver Profiles
38 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Same as described above for Next, except it skips to
the previous song or station. If you have more than
one favorite defined, press and hold to cycle through
favorites.
NOTE: Regardless of how you customize the left side of
the instrument panel, it automatically changes to
display navigation instructions (if applicable), or to let
you know if a door or trunk is open when
Model S is in a
driving gear.
Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons
Use the buttons on the right side of the steering wheel
to access call options while on a phone call, to choose
what displays on the right side of the
instrument panel,
to adjust Model S features, and to use voice commands.
NOTE: Whenever you receive or make a phone call, the
right side of the instrument panel automatically
displays call options to help you easily handle phone
calls on your Bluetooth-connected phone.
1.
Press to use a voice command to call a contact,
navigate, or listen to Internet music. When you hear
the tone, speak your command. Press again to end
the voice command, or simply stop speaking. For
details, see Using Voice Commands on page 40.
2.
Scroll Button
◦
During a phone call, touch the scroll button to
display call options that allow you to perform an
action on the call.
◦
Roll the scroll button to adjust the most recently
used feature from the feature list (see Menu
button).
◦ To choose what displays on the right side of the
instrument panel, hold the scroll button briefly
until the available options are displayed. Roll the
scroll button to choose Empty, Car Status, Clock,
Media, Energy, Trips, Suspension, etc. When the
option you want is highlighted, tap the scroll
button.
NOTE: Car status displays information such as
status of doors and trunks, and on newer model
vehicles, the tire pressure measurements.
NOTE:
The option you choose to display using
the right scroll button is retained until you
manually change it. It is also saved in your driver
profile.
◦ To restart the touchscreen, hold down both scroll
buttons for approximately
five seconds. See
Restarting the Touchscreen on page 44.
◦ Suspension. Display a real-time visualization of
how the suspension system is dynamically
adjusting each wheel’s damping to account for
changing road conditions. Roll the scroll button
to choose Suspension and then press the scroll
button. See
Air Suspension on page 139.
3. Menu button
Press to display a menu that allows you to control
the following Model S:
◦
Temperature. Roll the scroll button to change the
driver side temperature, or press the wheel to
turn the climate control system on and
o.
◦
Fan Speed. Roll the scroll button to adjust the
speed of the fan used to cool or heat the cabin.
◦
Display Brightness. Roll the scroll button to
change the brightness level of the displays, or
press the wheel to restore default settings.
◦
Sunroof (if equipped). Roll the scroll button to
adjust the position of the sunroof.
◦
Recent Calls. If your phone is paired to Model S,
roll the scroll button to view your recent calls.
Press the scroll button to call the contact that's
displayed. To pair your phone, see
Pairing a
Bluetooth Phone on page 137.
◦
Contacts. If your phone is paired to Model S, roll
the scroll button to navigate to contacts in your
phone. Your contacts are listed alphabetically by
their last name. To pair your phone, see
Pairing a
Bluetooth Phone on page 137.
Press the menu button again to close the feature list.
Using Voice Commands
You can use voice commands to call a contact, navigate
to a location, listen to Internet music or control many
aspects of your Model S. Voice commands are designed
to understand natural requests. Tap the voice button on
the upper right side of the steering wheel to initiate a
voice command. When you hear the tone, speak your
command. As you speak, the instrument panel displays
an interpretation of your command. It also displays tips
to remind you of the type of commands you can speak.
When you
finish speaking the command, tap the voice
button again or simply wait.
To choose the language you want to use for voice
commands, touch Controls > Display > Voice
Recognition Language.
Steering Wheel
40 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
• To call a contact on your Bluetooth-connected phone,
say “Call” or “Dial”, followed by the contact’s first
and/or last name(s). For example, “Call Joe” or “Call
Joe Smith”.
• To search for, or navigate to, a location, say “Where
is”, “Drive to”, or “Navigate to”, followed by an
address, business name, business category, or
landmark. For example, “Where is Stanford
University?”, “Drive to Tesla in Palo Alto”, or
“Navigate to Starbucks on Homestead in Cupertino”.
If you have defined a navigation address for your
home or work locations, you can use a voice
command to navigate there by saying "
Navigate
home" or "Navigate to work".
•
To listen to an Internet music service, say “Listen to”
or “
Play”, followed by the name of the song, album,
artist, or combination. To improve voice recognition
accuracy, provide multiple cues in your command,
such as artist plus song (for example, “
Listen to
Yellow Brick Road” or “Play Yellow Brick Road by
Elton John”).
•
Control various aspects of Model S by speaking
statements or commands. For example, "Speed up
the wipers", "The screen is too bright", "Turn on the
driver's seat heater", "I'm cold".
For a complete list of voice commands, go to https://
www.tesla.com/support/voice-commands.
NOTE: Tesla is continuously improving the ability of
Model S to recognize voice commands. To support these
ongoing quality improvements, Tesla captures short
voice recordings anonymously. To protect your privacy,
these short recordings are not associated with your
personal information or with your vehicle's
identification
number. Tesla assures that it is not possible to search
any system for a recording associated with a specific
customer or vehicle.
Heated Steering Wheel
If Model S is equipped with the optional cold weather
package, you can warm up the steering wheel by
touching climate controls on the touchscreen (see
Climate Controls on page 124). When turned on, radiant
heat keeps the steering wheel at a comfortable
temperature.
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture, your Model S
may not include a heated steering wheel, even when
equipped with the optional cold weather package.
Horn
To sound the horn, press the center pad on the steering
wheel.
Steering Wheel
41Driving
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture and options
selected at time of purchase, some Model S vehicles are
not equipped with Mirror Auto-Tilt.
Rear View Mirror
The rear view mirror is adjusted manually. When in the
Drive or Neutral gear, the rear view mirror automatically
dims in low lighting conditions (for example, when
driving at night or through a tunnel).
Mirrors
43Driving
Starting
When you open a door, Model S powers on the
instrument panel and touchscreen and you can operate
all controls.
To drive Model S:
1.
PRESS THE BRAKE PEDAL - Model S powers on and
is ready to drive.
2.
SELECT A GEAR - Move the drive stalk all the way
down for Drive and all the way up for Reverse. See
Shifting Gears on page 46.
NOTE: If the PIN to Drive feature is enabled (see PIN to
Drive on page 142), you must also enter a valid PIN on
the touchscreen before you can drive
Model S.
Everything you need to know when driving Model S
displays on the instrument panel.
Key Not Inside
If Model S does not detect a key when you press the
brake, the instrument panel displays a message telling
you that a key is not inside.
If you receive this message, place the key in the center
console cup holder where Model S can best detect it.
If Model S still does not detect the key, try holding it
against the center console, immediately below the 12V
power socket (see 12V Power Socket on page 20). Or try
using another key. If another key does not work, contact
Tesla.
A number of factors can aect whether Model S can
detect the key. These include a low battery in the key,
interference from other devices using radio signals, and
objects between the key and receiver.
Always keep the key with you. After driving, the key is
needed to restart
Model S after it powers o. And when
you leave Model S, you must bring the key with you to
lock Model S, either manually or automatically.
Powering O
When you finish driving, shift into Park by pressing the
button on the end of the drive stalk. When you leave
Model S with the key, it powers o automatically, turning
o the instrument panel and touchscreen.
Model S also powers o automatically after being in
Park for 15 minutes, even if you are sitting in the driver’s
seat.
Although usually not needed, you can power o Model S
while sitting in the driver’s seat, provided the vehicle is
not moving. Touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Power
O. Model S automatically powers back on again if you
press the brake pedal or touch the touchscreen.
NOTE: Model S automatically shifts into Park whenever it
is determined that you are exiting the vehicle, even
when you shift into Neutral before exiting.
To keep
Model S in Neutral, see Keeping Your Vehicle in Neutral
(Tow Mode) on page 46.
Restarting the Touchscreen
If your touchscreen is unresponsive or demonstrates
unusual behavior, you can restart it to potentially resolve
the issue.
NOTE: To ensure the safety of vehicle occupants as well
as other road users, restarting the touchscreen should
be done only when the vehicle is in Park.
1.
Shift into Park.
2.
Hold down both scroll buttons on the steering wheel
until the touchscreen turns black.
3.
After a few seconds, the Tesla logo appears. Wait
approximately 30 seconds for the touchscreen to
restart. If the touchscreen is still unresponsive or
demonstrating unusual behavior after a few minutes,
try power cycling the vehicle. See
Power Cycling the
Vehicle on page 45.
Starting and Powering O
44 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Restarting the touchscreen using the scroll
buttons does not power Model S o and on.
Power Cycling the Vehicle
If your vehicle demonstrates unusual behavior or a
nondescript alert is present, you can try power cycling
the vehicle to potentially resolve the issue.
1.
Shift into Park.
2. On the touchscreen, touch Controls > Safety &
Security > Power O.
3. Wait for at least two minutes without interacting with
the vehicle. Do not open the doors, touch the brake
pedal, touch the touchscreen, etc.
4. After two minutes have passed, press the brake pedal
or open the door to wake the vehicle.
Starting and Powering O
45Driving
Shifting Gears
When Model S is in Park, you must press the brake to
shift to another gear.
Move the drive stalk up or down to change gears.
If you try to shift into a gear that the current driving
speed prohibits, a chime sounds and the gear does not
change.
Reverse
Push the drive stalk all the way up and release. You can
only shift into Reverse when Model S is stopped or
moving less than
5 mph (8 km/h).
Neutral
Push the drive stalk up or down to the first position and
release to shift into Neutral. Neutral allows Model S to
roll freely when you are not pressing the brake pedal.
NOTE: If Autosteer or Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
active, you must push the drive stalk up or down to the
first position and hold it there for more than 1 second to
shift into Neutral. In doing so, Autosteer or Trac-Aware
Cruise Control is disabled.
NOTE: You must press the brake pedal to shift out of
Neutral if driving slower than approximately 5 mph (8
km/h).
If Model S is in Park and you use the touchscreen to
release the parking brake (Controls > Safety & Security
> Parking Brake), Model S shifts into Neutral (see
Parking Brake on page 61).
Drive
Push the drive stalk all the way down and release. You
can shift into Drive when Model S is stopped or moving
less than
5 mph (8 km/h) in Reverse.
Park
Press the end of the drive stalk while Model S is stopped.
Model S automatically shifts into Park whenever you
connect a charge cable or if two or more of the
following conditions are met simultaneously while
traveling slower than approximately
1.5 mph (2 km/h):
• The driver's seat belt is unbuckled.
• The occupancy sensor in the driver's seat does not
detect an occupant.
• The driver's door is opened.
NOTE: You must press the brake pedal to shift out of
Park.
NOTE: The above conditions do not reflect a
comprehensive list of reasons why
Model S may or may
not automatically shift into Park and, in certain
scenarios, it is possible for your vehicle to shift into Park
when only one of the above conditions is true.
WARNING:
In emergency situations, if the brakes
are not functioning properly, press and hold the
Park button on the drive stalk to bring the vehicle
to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the
vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
WARNING:
It is the driver's responsibility to always
ensure the vehicle is in Park before exiting. Never
rely on Model S to automatically shift into Park for
you; it might not work in all circumstances (for
example, if Creep or a slope causes the vehicle to
travel greater than approximately 1.5 mph (2 km/
h)).
To make it convenient to pick up passengers, you can
also unlock all doors and/or extend the door handles at
any time by shifting into Park then pressing the Park
button a second time.
Keeping Your Vehicle in Neutral
(Tow Mode)
Model S automatically shifts into Park whenever you
finish driving and leave Model S. To keep Model S in
Neutral when you exit, allowing it to roll freely (for
example, pulling onto a transporter, etc.), activate Tow
mode:
1.
Shift into Park.
2.
Press the brake pedal.
Gears
46 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Controlling Lights
Touch Controls > Lights on the touchscreen to control
the lights.
In addition to the lights that you can control from the
touchscreen, Model S has convenience lights that turn
on and o automatically based on what you are doing.
For example, you will notice interior lights, marker lights,
tail lights, door handle lights, and puddle lights that turn
on when you unlock
Model S, when you open a door,
and when you shift into Park. They turn o automatically
after a minute or two or when you shift into a driving
gear or lock
Model S.
NOTE: The image below is provided for demonstration
purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software
version and market region, your touchscreen may appear
slightly dierent.
1.
Exterior lights (headlights, tail lights, side marker
lights, parking lights, and license plate lights) are set
to AUTO each time you start Model S. When set to
AUTO, exterior lights automatically turn on when
driving in low lighting conditions. If you change to a
dierent setting, lights always revert to AUTO on
your next drive.
Touch one of these options to temporarily change the
exterior light setting:
◦ OFF
: Exterior lights turn o until you manually
turn them back on or until the next time you drive.
If daytime running lights are required in your
region, the exterior lights used for this purpose are
always on when Drive gear is engaged.
◦
PARKING: Only the side marker lights, parking
lights, tail lights and license plate lights turn on.
NOTE: If daytime running lights are required in
your region, the exterior lights used for this
purpose are always on whenever a driving gear
(Drive or Reverse) is engaged.
◦ ON: Exterior lights turn on.
CAUTION:
The rear tail lights are o while
daytime running lights are on. Be sure the rear
lights are on during low rear visibility conditions
(for example, when it is dark, foggy, snowy, or
the road is wet, etc.). Failure to do so can cause
damage or serious injury.
WARNING:
Always ensure that your headlights
are on during low visibility conditions. Failure to
do so may result in a collision.
NOTE: To comply with local trac regulations when
crossing from a left-hand trac region to a right-
hand trac region, and vice versa, headlights should
be adjusted. If you know you will be traveling to a
region that requires headlights to be adjusted,
schedule a service appointment using the mobile
app.
2.
If equipped, touch to turn the fog lights on or o. Fog
lights operate only when low beam headlights are on.
When headlights are turned
o, fog lights also turn
o.
The front fog indicator displays on the
instrument panel whenever the
optional front fog lights are on.
NOTE: Depending on the market region and vehicle
options, your vehicle may not be equipped with front
and/or rear fog lights.
NOTE: In some regions, there is no control for the
front fog lights. They operate in conjunction with the
headlights and turn on only in situations where low
beam headlights are on.
3. Turn the interior dome (map) lights on or o. If set to
AUTO, all interior dome lights turn on when you
unlock
Model S, open a door upon exiting, or shift
into Park.
NOTE: You can also manually turn an individual dome
light on or o by pressing its lens. If you manually
turn a dome light on, it turns
o when Model S
powers o. If Model S was already powered o when
you manually turned the light on, it turns o after 60
minutes.
Lights
48 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
High Beam Headlights
Push the turn signal stalk away from you to turn the high
beam headlights on continuously. To cancel, pull the
stalk towards you.
To briefly flash the high beam headlights, pull the stalk
towards you.
The high beam headlights can automatically switch to
low beam when there is light detected in front of
Model S (for example, from an oncoming vehicle). To
turn this feature on or o, go to Quick Controls or touch
Controls > Lights > Auto High Beam.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained until you manually
change it.
In situations where high beams are turned o because
AUTO HIGH BEAM is turned on and light is detected in
front of Model S, you can temporarily turn on high
beams by pulling the stalk all the way toward you.
The following indicator lights are visible on the
instrument panel to show the status of the headlights:
Low beam headlights are on.
High beam headlights are on.
Illuminates
when high beams are on but the Auto
High Beam setting is turned o or if the
Auto High Beam setting is turned on but
is temporarily unavailable.
High beams are currently turned on, and
Auto High Beam is ready to turn
o the
high beams if light is detected in front of
Model S.
High beams are temporarily turned
o
because Auto High Beam is on and is
detecting light in front of Model S. When
light is no longer detected, the high
beams will automatically turn back on.
WARNING:
Auto High Beam is an aid only and is
subject to limitations. It is the driver's
responsibility to make sure that the headlights are
always adjusted as appropriate for the weather
conditions and driving circumstances.
Headlights After Exit
When you stop driving and park Model S in low lighting
conditions, the exterior lights remain on. They
automatically turn
o after one minute or when you lock
Model S.
You can turn this feature on and o by touching
Controls > Lights > Headlights After Exit. When
Headlights After Exit is o, the headlights turn o when
you engage the Park gear and open a door.
Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFS)
If equipped, the Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)
automatically adjusts the beam of the headlights to
improve your driving view. Electric sensors measure
driving speed, steering angle and yaw (the rotation of
the car around the vertical axis) to determine the
optimum position of the headlights based on current
driving conditions. For example, to improve visibility
while driving on winding roads at night, the AFS casts
the beam in the direction of the curve. When low beam
headlights are turned on and when driving at lower
speeds, AFS improves lateral illumination to increase the
visibility of pedestrians and curbs, and to improve
visibility when turning at a dark intersection, into a
driveway, or when making a u-turn.
The Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS) operates
whenever headlights are on. If
Model S isn't moving, or is
moving in reverse, the adaptive headlights do not
activate. This prevents the lights from inadvertently
blinding other drivers.
If the AFS fails, the instrument panel
displays an alert. Contact Tesla Service.
Turn Signals
Move the turn signal stalk up (before turning right) or
down (before turning left). The turn signals
flash three
times or continuously, depending on how far up or down
you move the stalk. Lightly push the stalk up or down
for a three-flash sequence. For a continuous signal, push
the stalk fully up or down.
Lights
50 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Instrument Panel Overview
The instrument panel changes depending on whether Model S is:
•
O (shown below).
• Driving (see Instrument Panel - Driving on page 56).
• Charging (see Charging Status on page 159).
When Model S is o, the instrument panel shows remaining estimated range, status of doors, and outside
temperature. When you press the brake, indicator lights flash on briefly along the top. Unless an indicator light
applies to a current situation, it should turn
o. If an indicator light fails to turn on or o, contact Tesla.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options,
software version, and market region, the information displayed may be slightly dierent.
The following indicators illuminate on the instrument panel to advise you or alert you of a specific condition.
Indicator Description
A brake system fault is detected or the brake
fluid level is low. See Braking and Stopping on page
59. Contact Tesla immediately.
A brake booster fault has been detected. See
Braking and Stopping on page 59.
An ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) fault is detected. See
Braking and Stopping on page 59.
Contact Tesla immediately.
The parking brake is manually applied. See
Parking Brake on page 61.
Instrument Panel
52 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Indicator Description
A parking brake fault is detected. Contact Tesla. See Parking Brake on page 61.
Low beam headlights are on.
High beam headlights are on. Illuminates when high beams are on but the Auto High Beam setting
is turned o or if the Auto High Beam setting is turned on but is temporarily unavailable. See High
Beam Headlights on page 50.
High beam headlights are currently turned on, and Auto High Beam is ready to turn o the high
beams if light is detected in front of Model S. See High Beam Headlights on page 50.
High beam headlights are temporarily turned o because Auto High Beam is on and is detecting
light in front of Model S. When light is no longer detected, the high beams automatically turn back
on. See High Beam Headlights on page 50.
Parking lights (side marker lights, tail lights, and license plate lights) are on. See Lights on page 48.
Front fog lights, if equipped. See Lights on page 48.
Adaptive Front Lighting, if equipped. See Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS) on page 50.
Electronic stability control systems are actively minimizing wheel spin by controlling brake pressure
and motor power (indicator flashes amber). See Traction Control on page 63. If this indicator
remains on, a fault is detected and you should immediately contact Tesla.
If a fault is detected that reduces the performance of the air suspension system, this amber
indicator light displays. If the problem persists, contact Tesla. See Air Suspension on page 139.
Instrument Panel
53Driving
Indicator Description
Flashes green when the right turn signal is operating. Both turn signal indicators flash green when
the hazard warning flashers are operating.
Instrument Panel
55Driving
Instrument Panel - Driving
When Model S is driving (or ready to drive), the instrument panel shows your current driving status and a real-time
visualization of the road as detected by the Autopilot components (see
About Autopilot on page 79). The
visualization automatically zooms in and out as needed to inform you when a vehicle is detected in your blind spot.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options,
software version, and market region, the information displayed may be slightly
dierent.
NOTE: Touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving Visualization Preview (if equipped) to display more details
about the roadway and its surroundings, such as road markings, stop lights, objects (such as trash cans and poles),
etc.
1.
Indicator lights display along the top to provide status (see Instrument Panel Overview on page 52).
2.
When you are actively navigating to a destination, navigation instructions display here. Use the left steering
wheel buttons to change what displays on the left side of the instrument panel whenever navigation instructions
are not displayed (see Using Left Steering Wheel Buttons on page 39).
3.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is cruising at a set speed. When Trac-Aware Cruise Control is available but you
haven't set a cruising speed, the icon is gray and the speed is not shown (see
Trac-Aware Cruise Control on
page 82).
NOTE: On roads where the map data determines that a conditional speed limit exists (for example, a speed limit
based on time of day or weather conditions), a second speed limit displays below the first speed limit. It is the
driver's responsibility to determine whether the conditional speed limit is currently in eect and adjust the
driving speed accordingly.
4.
Driving speed.
5. Autosteer is actively steering Model S. When Autosteer is available but you haven't activated it, the icon is gray
(see Autosteer on page 88).
6. On the Energy graph, dashed lines appear on the power meter if Model S is limiting power. The dashed lines
appear on the top portion (energy being used) when power available for acceleration is being limited, and on
the bottom portion (energy being gained) when power that can be gained by regenerative braking is limited.
Model S limits power for many reasons. Here are just a few examples:
◦ Acceleration may be limited when the Battery is reaching a low state of charge or if the powertrain is hot.
Instrument Panel
56 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
◦ Both acceleration and regenerative braking may be limited when the ambient temperature is either very high
or very low.
◦ Regenerative braking may be limited when the Battery is fully charged.
NOTE: Use the right steering wheel buttons to control what displays on the right side of the instrument panel
(see Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons on page 40).
7.
Pay attention to important alert messages that display here. If any alerts are in eect, you can view information
about them by touching the alert icon (exclamation mark) on the touchscreen’s status bar (the topmost area of
the touchscreen).
8.
Use the right steering wheel buttons to change what displays on the right side of the instrument panel whenever
a phone call is not active (see Using Right Steering Wheel Buttons on page 40).
9. Total estimated driving distance (or energy) available. Instead of driving distance, you can display the percentage
of battery energy remaining. To do so, touch Controls > Display > Energy Display.
NOTE: When anticipating when you need to charge, use range estimates as a general guideline only.
10. The speed limit (if available) that is currently being detected by Speed Assist (see Speed Assist on page 116).
11.
The car in front of you (if applicable).
12. Pay attention to important driving-related messages that appear at the bottom center of the instrument panel.
13. Your Model S.
14.
When Autosteer is active and detects the driving lane, it is highlighted in blue (see Autosteer on page 88).
NOTE: If Navigate on Autopilot is active, the driving lane displays as a single blue line in front of Model S (see
Navigate on Autopilot on page 92).
15.
Currently selected gear: Park, Reverse, Neutral, or Drive.
WARNING:
Although the instrument panel shows surrounding trac, some vehicles may not be displayed.
Never rely on the instrument panel to determine if a vehicle is present (for example, in your blind spot). Always
use your mirrors and perform shoulder checks.
Instrument Panel
57Driving
Braking Systems
WARNING: Properly functioning braking systems
are critical to ensure safety. If you experience a
problem with the brake pedal, brake caliper, or any
component of a Model S braking system, contact
Tesla immediately.
Model S has an anti-lock braking system (ABS) that
prevents the wheels from locking when you apply
maximum brake pressure. This improves steering control
during heavy braking in most road conditions.
During emergency braking conditions, the ABS
constantly monitors the speed of each wheel and varies
the brake pressure according to the grip available.
The alteration of brake pressure can be felt as a pulsing
sensation through the brake pedal. This demonstrates
that the ABS is operating and is not a cause for concern.
Keep
firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal while
experiencing the pulsing.
The ABS indicator
briefly flashes yellow
on the instrument panel when you first
start Model S. If this indicator lights up at
any other time, an ABS fault has occurred
and the ABS is not operating. Contact
Tesla. The braking system remains fully
operational and is not
aected by an ABS
failure. However, braking distances may
increase. Drive cautiously and avoid
heavy braking.
If the
instrument panel displays this red
brake indicator at any time other than
briefly when you first start Model S, a
brake system fault is detected, or the
level of the brake fluid is low. Contact
Tesla immediately. Apply steady pressure
and keep the brakes
firm to bring the
vehicle to a stop when safe to do so.
If the
instrument panel displays this
yellow brake indicator at any time, a
brake booster fault is detected. Apply
steady pressure and keep the brakes firm
to bring the vehicle to a stop when safe
to do so. Hydraulic Boost Compensation
will be active (see
Hydraulic Boost
Compensation on page 60).
Emergency Braking
In an emergency, fully press the brake pedal and
maintain firm pressure, even on low traction surfaces.
The ABS varies the braking pressure to each wheel
according to the amount of traction available. This
prevents wheels from locking and ensures that you stop
as safely as possible.
WARNING:
Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so
interrupts operation of the ABS and can increase
braking distance.
WARNING:
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you and be aware of
hazardous driving conditions. While the ABS can
improve stopping distance, it cannot overcome the
laws of physics. It also does not prevent the
danger of hydroplaning (where a layer of water
prevents direct contact between the tires and the
road).
Automatic Emergency Braking is designed to
automatically brake in situations where a collision is
considered imminent (see Automatic Emergency
Braking on page 114).
WARNING:
Automatic Emergency Braking is not
designed to prevent a collision. At best, it can
minimize the impact of a frontal collision by
attempting to reduce your driving speed.
Depending on Automatic Emergency Braking to
avoid a collision can result in serious injury or
death.
CAUTION:
In emergency situations, if the brakes
are not functioning properly, press and hold the
Park button on the drive stalk to bring the vehicle
to a stop. Do not use this method to stop the
vehicle unless absolutely necessary.
Brake Disc Wiping
To ensure your brakes remain responsive in cold and wet
weather, Model S is equipped with brake disc wiping.
When cold and wet weather is detected, this feature
repeatedly applies an imperceptible amount of brake
force to clear away water from the surface of the brake
discs.
Hydraulic Fade Compensation
Your vehicle is also equipped with hydraulic fade
compensation. This feature assists in monitoring brake
system pressure and ABS activity for instances of lower
brake performance. If lower brake performance is
detected (for example, as a result of brake fade, or cold
or wet conditions), you may feel the brake pedal pull
away from your foot, detect some noise, and notice a
strong increase in vehicle braking. Continue to press the
brake pedal without releasing or "pumping" them—
brake as you normally would.
CAUTION:
If brakes are not functioning properly,
stop the vehicle as soon as safety permits and
contact Tesla Service. See Park on page 46 for
information on using the Park button to stop the
vehicle in case of emergency.
Braking and Stopping
59Driving
WARNING: Never rely on CREEP to apply
enough torque to prevent your vehicle from
rolling down a hill. Always press the brake
pedal to remain stopped or the accelerator
pedal to proceed up the hill. Failure to do so
can result in property damage and/or a
collision.
• HOLD: Maximizes range and reduces brake wear by
continuing to provide regenerative braking at speeds
lower than with the Creep and Roll settings. When
Model S stops, the brakes are automatically applied
without you having to put your foot on the brake
pedal. Whether stopped on a
flat surface or a hill,
Vehicle Hold keeps the brake applied, provided your
foot remains o the accelerator and brake pedals.
See
Vehicle Hold on page 66.
WARNING:
Never rely on HOLD to adequately
decelerate or fully stop your vehicle. Many
factors can contribute to a longer stopping
distance, including downward slopes, the low
regenerative braking setting, and reduced or
limited regenerative braking (see Regenerative
Braking on page 60). Always be prepared to
use the brake pedal to adequately decelerate or
stop.
•
ROLL: When close to, or at, a complete stop, Model S
becomes free rolling like a vehicle in Neutral.
Therefore, if stopped on a slope, Model S will roll
downward. The brake does not engage, and the
motor does not apply torque (until the accelerator
pedal is pressed).
NOTE: If you choose CREEP or ROLL, you can still
use Vehicle Hold to apply the brakes. However, you
will need to briefly press the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped. See Vehicle Hold on page 66.
WARNING:
Press the brake pedal if Model S moves
when unsafe to do so. It is your responsibility to
stay alert and be in control of the vehicle at all
times. Failure to do so can result in serious
damage, injury, or death.
WARNING:
Do not rely on regenerative braking
and your chosen Stopping Mode to keep you and
your vehicle safe. Various factors such as driving
with a heavy vehicle load, on a steep hill, or on wet
or icy roads aect deceleration rate and the
distance at which Model S will come to a stop.
Drive attentively and always stay prepared to use
the brake pedal to stop as appropriate based on
trac and road conditions.
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning and
Automatic Emergency Braking do not operate
when driving at very low speeds (see Collision
Avoidance Assist on page 113). Do not rely on
these features to warn you, or to prevent or reduce
the impact of a collision.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained in your Driver
Profile until you manually change it.
Parking Brake
To engage the parking brake, touch Controls > Safety &
Security > Parking Brake and follow the onscreen
instructions. You can also engage the parking brake by
pressing and holding the button on the end of the drive
stalk while in Park.
NOTE: The parking brake operates on the rear wheels
only, and is independent of the pedal-operated brake
system.
WARNING:
In snowy or icy conditions the rear
wheels may not have sucient traction to prevent
Model S from sliding down a slope, particularly if
not using winter tires. Avoid parking on hills in
snowy or icy conditions. You are always
responsible for parking safely.
WARNING:
Your Model S may display an alert if
the road is too steep to safely park on, or if the
parking brakes are not properly engaged. These
alerts are for guidance purposes only and are not a
substitute for the driver’s judgment of safe parking
conditions, including specific road or weather
conditions. Do not depend on these alerts to
determine whether or not it is safe to park at any
location. You are always responsible for parking
safely.
Use the touchscreen to manually release the parking
brake (which also shifts
Model S into Neutral):
1.
Touch Controls > Safety & Security.
2.
Press the brake pedal, then touch Parking Brake. If
Model S was previously in Park, it shifts into Neutral.
When you manually apply the parking
brake using the touchscreen (
Controls >
Safety & Security > Parking Brake), or by
pressing and holding the button on the
end of the drive stalk when in Park, the
red parking brake indicator lights up on
the
instrument panel.
If the parking brake experiences an
electrical issue, the amber parking brake
indicator lights up and a fault message
displays at the top of the
instrument
panel.
CAUTION:
In the unlikely event that Model S loses
electrical power, you cannot access the
touchscreen and are therefore unable to release
the parking brake. Contact Tesla.
Braking and Stopping
61Driving
Brake Wear
Model S brake pads are equipped with wear indicators.
A wear indicator is a thin metal strip attached to the
brake pad that squeals as it rubs against the rotor when
the pad wears down. This squealing sound indicates
that the brake pads have reached the end of their
service life and require replacement. To replace the
brake pads, contact Tesla Service.
Brakes must be periodically inspected visually by
removing the tire and wheel. For detailed specifications
and service limits for rotors and brake pads, see
Subsystems on page 182. Additionally, Tesla
recommends cleaning and lubricating the brake calipers
every year or 12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area
where roads are salted during winter months.
WARNING:
Neglecting to replace worn brake
pads damages the braking system and can result
in a braking hazard.
Braking and Stopping
62 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
How It Works
The traction control system constantly monitors the
speed of the front and rear wheels. If
Model S
experiences a loss of traction, the system minimizes
wheel spin by controlling brake pressure and motor
power. By default, the traction control system is on.
Under normal conditions, it should remain on to ensure
maximum safety.
This yellow indicator flashes on the
instrument panel whenever the traction
control system is actively controlling
brake pressure and motor power to
minimize wheel spin. If the indicator
stays on, a fault is detected with the
traction control system. Contact Tesla
Service.
WARNING: Traction control cannot prevent
collisions caused by driving dangerously or
turning too sharply at high speeds.
Allowing Wheel Slip
To allow the wheels to spin at a limited speed, you can
enable Slip Start. Slip Start can be enabled only when
Model S is moving 30 mph (48 km/h) or slower. Slip
Start automatically disables when the speed exceeds
50 mph (80 km/h).
Under normal conditions, Slip Start should not be
enabled. Enable it only in circumstances where you
deliberately want the wheels to spin, such as:
•
Starting on a loose surface, such as gravel or snow.
•
Driving in deep snow, sand or mud.
•
Rocking out of a hole or deep rut.
To allow the wheels to spin, touch Controls > Driving >
Traction Control > Slip Start.
The
instrument panel displays an alert
message when Slip Start is enabled.
Although Slip Start is automatically disabled the next
time you start
Model S, it is strongly recommended that
you disable it immediately after the circumstances that
required you to enable it have passed.
NOTE: Slip Start cannot be enabled when you are
actively using Trac-Aware Cruise Control.
Traction Control
63Driving
When Model S is stopped, Vehicle Hold can continue to
apply the brakes even after you remove your foot from
the brake pedal. When driving on a hill or on a flat
surface, brake as you normally would. After coming to a
complete stop, simply press the brake pedal again (until
the
instrument panel displays the Vehicle Hold indicator
light) to enable Vehicle Hold. You can then release the
brake pedal and remain stopped, even on a hill.
This indicator displays on the instrument
panel whenever Vehicle Hold is actively
braking Model S.
To disengage Vehicle Hold, press the accelerator pedal
or press and release the brake pedal.
NOTE: Shifting into Neutral also disengages Vehicle
Hold.
NOTE: After actively braking Model S for approximately
ten minutes, Model S shifts into Park and Vehicle Hold
cancels. Model S also shifts into Park if it detects that
the driver has left the vehicle.
NOTE: When Stopping Mode is set to Hold (see
Stopping Mode on page 60), Vehicle Hold engages
automatically whenever Model S stops while in a driving
gear. There is no need to press the brake to engage it.
Vehicle Hold
66 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
The acceleration settings available on your Model S vary
depending on date of manufacture and options chosen
at time of purchase:
• Chill: limits acceleration for a smooth and gentle ride
(available on all vehicles equipped with Autopilot
hardware).
•
Standard: provides the normal level of acceleration
(available on non-Performance All-Wheel Drive
vehicles
and Rear Wheel Drive Model S vehicles
equipped with Autopilot hardware).
• Sport: provides the normal level of acceleration
(available on Performance All-Wheel Drive vehicles).
• Insane: increases peak torque by approximately 30
percent (available on Performance All-Wheel Drive
vehicles not equipped with the Ludicrous upgrade).
• Ludicrous: increases peak torque by approximately
60 percent (available on Performance All-Wheel
Drive vehicles equipped with the Ludicrous upgrade).
• Insane+: increases peak torque by approximately 30
percent (available on Performance All-Wheel Drive
vehicles not equipped with the Ludicrous upgrade)
while also heating up the Battery to its ideal
operating temperature to ensure access to 100% of
available power. Before choosing this setting, read
about
Using Insane+ or Ludicrous+ on page 67.
•
Ludicrous+: increases peak torque by approximately
60 percent (available on Performance All-Wheel
Drive vehicles equipped with the Ludicrous upgrade)
while also immediately heating up the Battery to its
ideal operating temperature to ensure access to 100%
of available power. Before choosing this setting, read
about
Using Insane+ or Ludicrous+ on page 67.
NOTE: Although Chill does not directly improve driving
range, using the increased torque and power available in
Insane or Ludicrous mode can reduce range and
eciency.
NOTE: When Chill is selected, Chill displays on the
instrument panel above the driving speed.
In addition, a Performance All-Wheel Drive Model S also
features Launch Mode to provide optimum acceleration
on surfaces with good traction. For the
specific driving
instructions required to use Launch Mode, see Launch
Mode on page 67.
To choose an acceleration mode, touch Controls >
Driving > Acceleration.
Using Insane+ or Ludicrous+
If you choose Insane or Ludicrous, additional power is
available immediately. However, to achieve the absolute
maximum power (designed for short term use), you can
choose
Insane+ or Ludicrous+ to heat the Battery to its
ideal operating temperature. This ensure access to 100%
of available power.
While the battery is being heated, the touchscreen
displays a status message providing you with an
approximate wait time, and letting you know when the
additional power is available. In addition to heating the
Battery,
Insane+ and Ludicrous+ modes strive to keep
the Battery within an optimal temperature range.
Therefore, under aggressive driving scenarios, you may
also see the “Cooling” status for several minutes until
temperatures fall.
Model S stays in the chosen mode for
three hours, even if you leave the vehicle. After three
hours, the feature times out.
NOTE: Insane+ and Ludicrous+ are designed to achieve
maximum performance for short term acceleration.
These settings are not intended for daily driving. The
tradeo for the additional power boost is extra energy
consumption and earlier power fade on long drives. The
Insane or Ludicrous acceleration settings provide a
significant increase in performance even without
choosing the Insane+ or Ludicrous+ setting to achieve
maximum Battery power. In fact, in normal driving
situations, the additional power that can be achieved
using Insane+ and Ludicrous+ may be unnoticeable.
NOTE: To support Insane+ or Ludicrous+, the charge
level must be 20% or higher. You cannot initiate these
settings if the charge level is less than 20%. In addition,
these settings immediately cancel if at any time during
use, the charge level drops below 20%.
When using Insane+ or Ludicrous+, Model S consumes
more energy to keep the Battery within an optimal
temperature range.
To cancel Insane+ or Ludicrous+ at any time, change the
acceleration level to another setting. To prevent excess
and potentially unnecessary energy consumption (for
example, you leave the vehicle and forget to cancel
Insane+ or Ludicrous+), these settings cancel
automatically in three hours, regardless of whether you
are still driving or have left the vehicle.
NOTE: Insane+ or Ludicrous+ strives to keep the Battery
within an optimal temperature range. In addition to
heating the Battery, these settings also cool the battery
when necessary (for example, while driving at high
speeds, during rapid acceleration, driving for long
periods, etc.).
Launch Mode
Launch Mode, available on Performance All-Wheel Drive
vehicles only, provides optimum acceleration on surfaces
with good traction.
NOTE: Hard acceleration including, but not limited to,
using launch mode, increases stress on the vehicle’s
powertrain, and can cause premature wear and aging of
various components.
Model S constantly monitors
powertrain fatigue and damage, and notifies you if
vehicle components need to be serviced.
Acceleration Modes
67Driving
Driving Tips to Maximize Range
You can maximize your driving range using the same
driving habits you use to conserve fuel in a gasoline-
powered vehicle. In addition to driving habits, energy
consumption depends on environmental conditions
(such as exceptionally cold or hot weather and driving
on roads with steep hills). To achieve maximum range:
• Slow down your driving and avoid frequent and
rapid acceleration. Consider using Chill Mode (see
Controls on page 118) and Speed Assist (see Speed
Assist on page 116) to assist in controlling your
acceleration and speed.
•
If safe to do so, modulate the accelerator pedal
instead of using the brake pedal when gradually
slowing down. Whenever
Model S is moving and you
are not pressing the accelerator pedal, regenerative
braking slows down Model S and feeds surplus
energy back to the Battery (see
Regenerative
Braking on page 60).
•
Set Stopping Mode to HOLD to gain the benefit of
regenerative braking at low driving speeds (see
Stopping Mode on page 60).
•
Keep tires at the recommended inflation pressures
(see Tire Care and Maintenance on page 163),
ensure tire alignment is within specification, and tires
are rotated when needed. Rotating tires will reduce
uneven tread wear, increasing your vehicle's
eciency (see Maintenance Schedule on page 161).
•
Lighten your load by removing any unnecessary
cargo.
•
Fully raise all windows.
•
Limit the use of resources such as heating, lights,
and air conditioning. Using seat heaters to keep
warm is more ecient than heating the cabin using
climate controls.
•
Precondition the vehicle while it is plugged in to
ensure the cabin is at a comfortable temperature
and windows are defrosted (if needed) before your
drive. Use the mobile app to precondition your
vehicle by touching
Climate > Turn On Climate and
customizing your preferences (see Mobile App on
page 151).
•
Turn on Range Mode, if equipped (see Range Mode
on page 71).
•
Features such as Sentry Mode, Headlights After Exit,
and Cabin Overheat Protection can impact range.
Disable features that are not needed.
• To prevent an excessive amount of energy
consumption while the vehicle is idle, keep the
vehicle plugged in when not in use.
• Minimize the use of DC chargers (such as
superchargers) for optimal Battery health.
The power meter on the
instrument panel and the
Energy app (see Energy App on page 70) provides
feedback on energy usage. With this feedback, you can
become familiar with how driving habits and
environmental conditions impact how much energy
Model S is using.
Factors Aecting Energy
Consumption
Several factors can aect your vehicle's rate of energy
consumption, including:
•
Uphill travel: Driving uphill requires more energy and
depletes range at a faster rate. However, driving
downhill allows your vehicle to regain a portion of its
expended energy through regenerative braking (see
Regenerative Braking on page 60).
• Customized settings: Energy is consumed by
accessories like lights, heating and cooling, media
player, Sentry Mode, etc.
•
Short trips: It takes energy to bring the cabin and
Battery to a specified temperature when starting the
vehicle. You may see a higher average consumption
when the vehicle is used for very short trips while
climate controls are enabled.
•
Temperature and weather conditions: In colder
weather, precondition the vehicle before driving (see
Cold Weather Best Practices on page 77).
When parked, Model S consumes approximately 1% of
charge per day. In some cases (and depending on your
vehicle's settings), consumption may be higher. To
reduce energy consumption, turn
o settings such as
climate controls, Sentry Mode, Preconditioning (when
your vehicle is unplugged), and any aftermarket
equipment when not needed.
Range
The displayed range may decrease faster than the
actual distance driven. When fully charged, the driving
range displayed in Tesla vehicles is based on EPA
certification and does not account for your personal
driving patterns or external conditions. To view
estimated range based on energy consumption, open
the Energy app to display the graph.
As with all vehicles, the actual range achievable by
Model S heavily depends on driving behaviors and
environmental conditions.
Energy App
The Energy app provides a visual representation of your
vehicle's real-time and projected energy usage. To use
the Energy app, navigate to
Application Launcher >
Energy on the touchscreen. Choose from two types of
charts:
Getting Maximum Range
70 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
• Consumption: Display how much energy Model S has
consumed over the past 5, 15 or 30 miles (10, 25 or
50 km).
Touch Instant Range or Average Range to adjust the
projected range estimation. Instant Range uses only
the latest few data points to estimate the projected
range, whereas Average Range uses the past
5, 15 or
30 miles (10, 25 or 50 km) of energy consumption to
provide a more accurate projected range.
• Trip: If your Model S is equipped with navigation, you
can monitor the amount of energy being used while
navigating to a destination. You can track actual
usage against the initial prediction. The green line
represents the actual usage whereas the gray line
represents predicted usage. To change the zoom
level, touch the zoom icon located in the top right
corner of the chart.
NOTE: The Trip chart displays energy usage only if you
are currently navigating to a destination.
Range Mode
Range Mode (if equipped) conserves energy by limiting
the power of the climate control system and turns o
the signature lights. Turn Range Mode on by touching
Controls > Driving > Range Mode.When turned on in an
All-Wheel Drive vehicle, Range Mode also optimizes
torque distribution between the motors to maximize
range.
Saving Energy
Model S has an energy-saving feature that reduces the
amount of energy being consumed when Model S is not
in use. On newer vehicles, this feature is automated to
provide an optimal level of energy saving. However, on
older vehicles, you can touch
Controls > Display >
Energy Saving and choose from the following options:
•
OFF - Model S automatically shifts to the energy-
saving mode only at night (10 pm to 5 am). Idle
energy consumption may increase.
•
ON - Significantly less energy is consumed whenever
Model S is not in use. The start-up time of the
instrument panel and Bluetooth could be slower.
• Always Connected - Preserves cellular connectivity
when energy saving is active. This allows the mobile
app to connect to
Model S quicker, and provides
immediate internet access when entering the car.
Slightly more energy is consumed.
Range Assurance
Model S helps protect you against running out of energy.
Your vehicle continuously monitors its energy level and
proximity to known charging locations.
Touch the map's charging icon to toggle
between displaying superchargers only,
and displaying all chargers, including
destination chargers, and visited
chargers.
When you are at risk of driving beyond the range of
known charging locations, the touchscreen displays a
message giving you the opportunity to display a list of
charging locations that are within range. When you
select a charging location from the list,
Model S provides
navigation instructions and the turn-by-turn direction list
displays the predicted amount of energy that will remain
when you arrive at the charging destination.
Trip Planner (if equipped) routes you through
Supercharger locations to minimize the amount of time
you spend charging and driving. To enable, enter an
address in the Navigation search bar, select the Settings
icon, and toggle on Trip Planner (see
Trip Planner on
page 132).
Getting Maximum Range
71Driving
Camera Location
Model S is equipped with a rear view camera located
above the rear license plate.
Whenever you shift into Reverse, the touchscreen
displays the view from the camera. Lines show your
driving path based on the position of the steering wheel.
These lines adjust appropriately as you move the
steering wheel.
Model S also displays images from the side cameras. To
view these images, simply swipe downward when the
view from the rear view camera is displayed.
NOTE: You may need to expand the camera window to
full page view to see the images from the side cameras.
NOTE: Visual feedback from the parking sensors also
appear on the instrument panel (see Park Assist on page
64).
To display the view from the cameras at any time:
Open the app launcher then touch the
camera icon.
WARNING:
Never depend on the cameras to
inform you if the area behind you is free of objects
and/or people when reversing. The cameras may
not detect objects or barriers that can potentially
cause damage or injury. In addition, several
external factors can reduce the performance of the
cameras, including a dirty or obstructed lens.
Therefore, depending on the cameras to determine
if Model S is approaching an obstruction can result
in damage to the vehicle and/or objects, and can
potentially cause serious injury. Always inspect the
area with your own eyes. When reversing, perform
shoulder checks and use all mirrors. Use the
cameras for guidance purposes only. It is not
intended to replace your own direct visual checks
and is not a substitute for careful driving.
Cleaning a Camera
To ensure a clear picture, the camera lens must be clean
and free of obstructions. Remove any buildup of dirt by
occasionally wiping the camera lens with a soft damp
cloth.
CAUTION: Do not use chemical-based or abrasive
cleaners. Doing so can damage the surface of the
lens.
Rear View Camera
72 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
About Dashcam
NOTE: Dashcam is a BETA feature.
In addition to supporting Autopilot features, the
cameras can record and store video footage of the
surrounding roadway on a USB
flash drive. This can be
convenient in situations where you want a video
recording of a particular incident, such as a collision. You
can pause, resume, or save video recordings directly
from your vehicle’s touchscreen.
NOTE: Dashcam only works when Model S is powered
on (see
Starting and Powering O on page 44).
Dashcam does not record video when your vehicle is
powered o.
Using Dashcam
Dashcam requires the use of a properly formatted USB
flash drive to store and retrieve footage (see USB Flash
Drive Requirements for Videos and Recording on page
144). Once a properly formatted USB flash drive has
been inserted into one of your vehicle's front USB ports,
a Dashcam icon appears at the top of the touchscreen.
Touch the Dashcam icon to control Dashcam:
RECORDING. Tap the Dashcam icon,
when Dashcam is paused, to start
recording video on the flash drive.
PAUSED
. Press and hold the Dashcam
icon, when recording, to pause recording.
Ensure that Dashcam is paused before
removing the flash drive to avoid losing
camera footage.
SAVED
. Tap the Dashcam icon, when
recording, to archive the most recent ten
minutes of video. These saved video
recordings are not overwritten by new
recordings.
NOTE: Dashcam automatically begins recording when
you insert a properly configured USB flash drive into one
of the front USB ports.
Retrieving Footage
If equipped, you can review Dashcam and Sentry Mode
video recordings on your vehicle's touchscreen when
Model S is in Park. Touch the Dashcam icon on the
touchscreen's status bar and select Launch Viewer. Each
video, organized by location and timestamp, provides a
thumbnail of all video clips. For additional
filtering,
touch the Dashcam or Sentry tabs. Touch a thumbnail to
view the corresponding video footage from each
camera. Pause, rewind, fast forward, and delete video
footage as needed.
You can retrieve video footage from the USB
flash drive
by removing the flash drive from the USB port and using
a personal computer or other device to access the files.
Navigate to the TeslaCam folder.
The TeslaCam folder contains three sub-folders:
•
Recent Clips - The footage in Recent Clips
continuously loops in 60-minute cycles whenever the
cameras are activated. Therefore, footage is
overwritten every hour unless you save it. When an
event is recorded, one video is recorded for each of
the front, rear
(available on vehicles manufactured
after approximately February 2018), left, and right
cameras.
•
Saved Clips - Contains all recordings that you have
manually saved using Dashcam.
• Sentry Clips - Contains the last 10 minutes of footage
from all Sentry Mode events that have triggered an
Alert or Alarm state. The footage from each event is
labelled with a unique timestamp.
NOTE: As the USB flash drive runs out of available
space, the oldest footage in Sentry Clips is deleted to
make room for new footage. Once deleted, you are
unable to retrieve them. When the flash drive is full,
Sentry Mode and Dashcam can no longer save video
footage. To prevent the
flash drive from getting full,
you must regularly move saved videos to another
device, and delete them from the flash drive.
NOTE: Dashcam recording is paused when the viewer is
open.
NOTE: You are responsible for complying with all local
laws, regulations, and property restrictions regarding
video recordings.
NOTE: The cameras do not record audio.
USB Flash Drive Requirements for
Videos and Recording
To store video from your vehicle's cameras, follow these
requirements and guidelines for choosing, preparing,
and using
flash drives:
•
The flash drive must have a sustained write speed of
at least 4 MB/s. A sustained write speed is dierent
from the peak write speed. Check the product details
of your flash drive for more information.
• The flash drive must be USB 2.0 compatible. If using
a USB 3.0 flash drive, it must be able to support USB
2.0.
•
Use a flash drive with as much available storage as
possible. Video footage can occupy a large amount
of space. Tesla recommends using a flash drive with
at least 32 GB of storage. Some personal computer
operating systems may be unable to format flash
Dashcam
73Driving
enable. The most recent ten minutes of footage is saved.
You can also save Dashcam footage by touching the
Dashcam icon at the top of the touchscreen.
Dashcam
75Driving
To ensure that Model S provides you with the best
ownership experience possible in harsh cold weather
conditions, follow these best practices.
Before Driving
When snow and ice accumulate on your vehicle, moving
parts, such as the door handles, windows, mirrors, and
wipers can freeze in place. For these reasons, and to
achieve maximum range and performance, it is helpful to
warm the cabin and Battery before you leave. There are
several ways to do so:
• Scheduled Departure: Set the time when you want
your vehicle to be ready to drive (see
Scheduled
Charging and Scheduled Departure on page 159).
•
On the mobile app, navigate to Climate > Turn On
Climate and set to HI (or customize the temperature
at which you want to heat the cabin). The Battery
also warms as needed.
•
On the mobile app, navigate to Climate > Defrost to
melt snow, ice, and frost on the windshield, driver and
passenger windows, mirrors. The Battery also warms
as needed.
NOTE: Tesla recommends activating climate settings
at least 30-45 minutes before departure (see
Climate
Controls on page 124). Preconditioning times
depend on outside temperature and other factors.
NOTE: In extremely cold weather or icy conditions, it is
possible that your charge port latch may freeze in place.
In cases where you cannot remove or insert the charge
cable, or the vehicle is not Supercharging due to the
latch being frozen in place, use your Tesla mobile app to
precondition your vehicle on
HI for approximately 30-45
minutes (you must use your mobile app to precondition
the vehicle; setting your climate to HI using the
touchscreen will not be eective). This can help thaw ice
on the charge port latch so the charge cable can be
removed or inserted.
NOTE: Tesla recommends activating climate settings at
least 30-45 minutes before departure (see Climate
Controls on page 124). Preconditioning times depend
on outside temperature and other factors.
Windows
•
On the mobile app, navigate to Climate > Defrost as
mentioned previously.
• Use the mobile app to schedule a service
appointment for Tesla to provide hydrophobic
coating to your windows for a nominal fee.
Mirrors
If ice buildup is expected when parking, turn o Auto-
Fold Mirrors by navigating to Controls > Vehicle > Mirror
Auto-Fold > ON. Ice can prevent exterior side mirrors
from folding or unfolding.
NOTE:
Side mirrors automatically heat as needed during
preconditioning, or when the rear defroster is turned on.
Wipers
If you expect snow or ice to build up when parked,
navigate to
Controls > Service > Wiper Service Mode >
ON. This raises wipers against the windshield so they
can defrost when the windshield defrosts (see Wipers
and Washers on page 58).
Winter Tires and Tire Chains
•
Use winter tires to increase traction in snowy or icy
conditions. You can purchase winter tires on
http://
www.tesla.com (see Seasonal Tire Types on page
166).
• Tire chains provide additional traction when driving in
snowy or icy conditions. Check local regulations to
determine if tire chains are recommended or required
during winter months. See
Using Tire Chains on page
166 for more information.
While Driving
Cold weather can increase energy consumption because
more power is required for driving, cabin and Battery
heating. Follow these suggestions to reduce energy
consumption:
•
Use seat heaters to keep warm. Seat heaters use less
energy than the cabin heater. Lowering the cabin
temperature and using seat heaters will reduce
energy consumption (see Climate Controls on page
124).
•
Slow down your driving and avoid frequent and rapid
acceleration.
•
Turn on Range Mode (if equipped) to automatically
limit the power that the climate control system uses
to maintain the temperature of the Battery and the
cabin area. Range Mode also turns
o signature lights
(if equipped) and adjusts the front and rear motor
torque split to maximize range (see Getting Maximum
Range on page 70).
Regenerative Braking
Regenerative braking can be limited if the Battery is too
cold. As you continue to drive, the Battery warms up
and regenerative power increases (see Regenerative
Braking on page 60).
NOTE: Limited regenerative braking can be avoided if
you allow enough time to precondition your vehicle or
use scheduled departure before your drive, as
mentioned previously.
Cold Weather Best Practices
77Driving
Blue Snowflake Icon
A blue snowflake icon appears on your
instrument panel when some of the stored
energy in the Battery is unavailable because
the Battery is cold. This portion of unavailable
energy displays in blue on the Battery meter.
Regenerative braking, acceleration, and
charging rates may be limited. The
snowflake
icon no longer displays when the Battery is
suciently warmed.
Warming the Battery Before
Supercharging
By using Trip Planner (see Trip Planner on page 132) to
navigate to a Supercharger, Model S pre-heats the
Battery to ensure when you arrive at the Supercharger,
the Battery temperature is optimal and ready to charge.
This reduces the amount of time it takes to charge.
Autopilot
To ensure optimal Autopilot performance, keep the
sensors and radar free of snow, ice, mud, and dirt (see
About Autopilot on page 79).
After Driving
Leave Model S plugged in when not in use. This uses
the charging system, rather than the Battery itself, to
keep the Battery warm (see Battery Information on
page 155).
Scheduled Departure
When parked, plug in Model S and set a time when you
want your vehicle to be ready to drive. Your vehicle
determines the appropriate time to begin charging so
that charging is complete and the cabin and Battery are
warm by your set departure time. For more information,
see
Scheduled Charging and Scheduled Departure on
page 159.
Charge Port
•
If your charge port latch freezes in place and a
charging cable becomes stuck in the charge port, try
manually releasing the charge cable. See Manually
Releasing Charge Cable on page 157.
• Use the mobile app to precondition your vehicle on
HI to help thaw ice on the charge port latch so that
the charge cable can be removed or inserted (see
Mobile App on page 151).
NOTE:
If your charge port latch is frozen in place, it may
not lock the charging cable in place when inserted, but
it can still charge at a slow AC rate even if the latch is
not engaged.
Storage
If you leave Model S parked for an extended period of
time, plug it into a charger to prevent normal range loss
and to keep the Battery at an optimal temperature.
Your vehicle is safe to stay plugged in for any length of
time.
When not in use, Model S enters a sleep mode to
conserve energy. Reduce the number of times you
check your vehicle’s status on the mobile app, as this
automatically wakes up your vehicle and starts normal
energy consumption.
Cold Weather Best Practices
78 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
How It Works
Your Model S includes the following Autopilot components that actively monitor the surrounding roadway:
1.
A camera is mounted above the rear license plate.
2.
Ultrasonic sensors are located in the front and rear bumpers.
3.
A camera is mounted in each door pillar.
4.
Three cameras are mounted to the windshield above the rear view mirror.
5.
A camera is mounted to each front fender.
6.
Radar is mounted behind the front bumper.
Model S is also equipped with high precision electronically-assisted braking and steering systems.
NOTE: Ensure all cameras and sensors are clean before each drive. See Cleaning Cameras and Sensors on page 81
for more information. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as environmental conditions such as rain and faded lane
markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
About Autopilot
79Autopilot
Features
These safety features are available on all Model S
equipped with Autopilot components:
• Lane Assist (see Lane Assist on page 110).
• Collision Avoidance Assist (see Collision Avoidance
Assist on page 113).
• Speed Assist (see Speed Assist on page 116).
•
Auto High Beam (see High Beam Headlights on page
50).
These Autopilot convenience features are designed to
reduce driver workload:
•
Trac-Aware Cruise Control (see Trac-Aware
Cruise Control on page 82)
• Autosteer (see Autosteer on page 88)
•
Auto Lane Change (see Auto Lane Change on page
90)
•
Autopark (see Autopark on page 102)
•
Summon (see Summon on page 104)
•
Smart Summon (Smart Summon on page 107)
•
Navigate on Autopilot (see Navigate on Autopilot on
page 92)
•
Stop Light and Stop Sign Warning (see Stop Light
and Stop Sign Warning on page 91)
•
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control (see Trac Light
and Stop Sign Control on page 95).
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with all Autopilot
features.
You can enable/disable some of these features and in
some cases, control how they work. To access settings,
touch Controls > Autopilot.
Drive to Calibrate Cameras
Model S must maneuver with a great deal of precision
when Autopilot features are being used. Therefore,
before some features (for example,
Trac-Aware Cruise
Control or Autosteer) can be used for the first time or
after certain Service repairs, the cameras must complete
a self-calibration process. For your convenience, a
progress indicator is displayed on the
instrument panel.
Calibration typically completes after driving 20-25 miles
(32-40 km), but the distance varies depending on road
and environmental conditions. Driving on a straight road
with highly-visible lane lines allows
Model S to calibrate
quicker. When calibration is complete, the Autopilot
features are available for use. Contact Tesla only if your
Model S has not completed the calibration process after
driving
100 miles (160 km).
NOTE:
If you attempt to use a feature that is not
available until the calibration process is complete, the
feature will not be enabled and the instrument panel
displays a message.
NOTE: Model S must repeat the calibration process if the
cameras are serviced by Tesla, and in some cases, after a
software update.
NOTE: The self-calibration drive process is only
applicable to
Model S vehicles built after approximately
October 12, 2016.
NOTE: If the cameras have moved out of their calibrated
position (for example, due to a camera or windshield
replacement), the calibration can be cleared by touching
Controls > Service > Camera Calibration > Clear
Calibration. Once the calibration has been cleared, the
self-driving calibration drive must be performed again.
Limitations
Many factors can impact the performance of Autopilot
components, causing them to be unable to function as
intended. These include (but are not limited to):
•
Poor visibility (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
•
Bright light (due to oncoming headlights, direct
sunlight, etc.).
•
Damage or obstructions caused by mud, ice, snow,
etc.
•
Interference or obstruction by object(s) mounted
onto the vehicle (such as a bike rack).
•
Obstruction caused by applying excessive paint or
adhesive products (such as wraps, stickers, rubber
coating, etc.) onto the vehicle.
•
Narrow or winding roads.
•
A damaged or misaligned bumper.
•
Interference from other equipment that generates
ultrasonic waves.
•
Extremely hot or cold temperatures.
WARNING:
The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Autopilot components. Never
depend on these components to keep you safe. It
is the driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive
safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
CAUTION:
If a windshield replacement is needed,
take your vehicle to Tesla Service. This will ensure
appropriate handling and mounting of the
camera(s). Failure to do so can cause one or more
Autopilot features to malfunction.
About Autopilot
80 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Cleaning Cameras and Sensors
To ensure the various Autopilot components can provide
information that is as accurate as possible, keep them
clean and free of obstructions, condensation, or
damage. Occasionally remove any buildup of dirt by
wiping the components with a soft cloth dampened with
warm water.
Condensation can form inside the camera enclosures,
especially if you park your vehicle outside in cold or wet
conditions. The instrument cluster may display an alert
stating that a camera is blocked and that some or all
Autopilot features may be temporarily restricted until
the camera vision is clear. To proactively dry the
condensation, precondition the cabin by setting it to a
warm temperature, turning the windshield defroster on,
and directing the front air vents toward the door pillars
(see
Mobile App on page 151).
CAUTION:
Do not use chemical-based or abrasive
cleaners. Doing so can damage surfaces.
CAUTION:
Avoid using a high-pressure power
washer.
CAUTION:
Do not clean an ultrasonic sensor or
camera lens with a sharp or abrasive object that
can scratch or damage its surface.
About Autopilot
81Autopilot
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Trac-Aware
Cruise Control. If your vehicle is not equipped, refer to
the owner's manual on your vehicle's touchscreen for
instructions on how to use Cruise Control.
NOTE: Trac-Aware Cruise Control is a BETA feature.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control (if equipped) uses the
forward looking
cameras and the radar sensor to
determine when there is a vehicle in front of you in the
same lane. If the area in front of Model S is clear, Trac-
Aware Cruise Control maintains a set driving speed.
When a vehicle is detected, Trac-Aware Cruise Control
is designed to slow down Model S as needed to maintain
a selected time-based distance from the vehicle in front,
up to the set speed.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control does
not eliminate the need to watch the road in front of you
and to manually apply the brakes when needed.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is primarily intended for
driving on dry, straight roads, such as highways and
freeways. It should not be used on city streets.
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean before each drive. Unclean cameras and
sensors, as well as environmental conditions such
as rain and faded lane markings, can aect
Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is
designed for your driving comfort and
convenience and is not a collision warning or
avoidance system. It is your responsibility to stay
alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle
at all times. Never depend on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control to adequately slow down Model S. Always
watch the road in front of you and be prepared to
take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so
can result in serious injury or death.
WARNING:
Although Trac-Aware Cruise Control
is capable of detecting pedestrians and cyclists,
never depend on Trac-Aware Cruise Control to
adequately slow Model S down for them. Always
watch the road in front of you and be prepared to
take corrective action at all times. Failure to do so
can result in serious injury or death.
WARNING:
Do not use Trac-Aware Cruise
Control on city streets or on roads where trac
conditions are constantly changing.
WARNING:
Do not use Trac-Aware Cruise
Control on winding roads with sharp curves, on icy
or slippery road surfaces, or when weather
conditions (such as heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.)
make it inappropriate to drive at a consistent
speed. Trac-Aware Cruise Control does not
adapt driving speed based on road and driving
conditions.
To Use
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
To initiate Trac-Aware Cruise Control when no vehicle
is detected ahead of you, you must be driving at least
18 mph (30 km/h), unless certain vehicle and
environmental conditions are met, in which case, you
may be able to initiate it at lower speeds. If a vehicle is
detected ahead of you, you can initiate
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control at any speed, even when stationary,
provided Model S is at least 5 feet (150 cm) behind the
detected vehicle.
NOTE: The maximum cruising speed is 90 mph (150
km/h). It is the driver's responsibility to cruise at a safe
speed based on road conditions and speed limits.
When
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
is available but not engaged and
cruising at a specified set speed,
the instrument panel displays a
gray speedometer icon next to
your current driving speed. The
number shown in gray represents
the cruising speed that will be set
when you engage
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control.
When
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
is actively cruising at a set cruising
speed, the icon turns blue and
displays the cruising speed.
To engage Trac-Aware Cruise Control to cruise at your
current driving speed (provided you are driving within
the minimum and maximum speed parameters
described above), move the Autopilot stalk up or down.
To engage Trac-Aware Cruise Control to cruise at the
currently detected speed limit, pull the Autopilot stalk
toward you. To specify an oset of the speed limit, touch
Controls > Autopilot > Set Speed Oset. You can
choose a
FIXED oset, in which the cruising speed
adjusts by a specific number of mph (km/h) on all roads,
or a PERCENTAGE oset, in which the cruising speed is
adjusted as a percentage of the road's detected speed
limit. If you pull the Autopilot stalk toward you when you
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
82 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
are already driving faster than the speed limit, the set
speed adjusts to your current driving speed instead of
the speed limit. If you move the Autopilot stalk up or
down when cruising at the speed limit, your set speed
changes to your current driving speed.
After setting the cruising speed, release the accelerator
pedal to allow Trac-Aware Cruise Control to maintain
the cruising speed.
NOTE: Double-pulling the Autopilot stalk toward you
engages Autosteer (assuming it has been enabled as
described in Autosteer on page 88) in addition to
setting the cruising speed.
WARNING:
When you adjust the cruising speed
based on the speed limit, the set cruising speed
may not change when the speed limit changes.
You must pull the Autopilot stalk again to cruise at
the new speed limit. You can also manually adjust
your cruising speed at any time (see Changing the
Cruising Speed on page 83).
WARNING:
Do not rely on Trac-Aware Cruise
Control or Speed Assist to determine an accurate
or appropriate cruising speed. It is the driver's
responsibility to cruise at a safe speed based on
road conditions and applicable speed limits.
Changing the Cruising Speed
To change the set cruising speed while using Trac-
Aware Cruise Control, move the Autopilot stalk up
(increase) or down (decrease) until the instrument panel
icon displays your desired cruising speed.
To increase/decrease speed by 1 mph (1 km/h), move the
stalk up or down to the first position and release. To
increase/decrease speed to the closest 5 mph (5 km/h)
increment, move the stalk up/down to the second
position and release. For example, if you are traveling at
57 mph and you move the stalk up to the second
position and release, the speed increases to 60 mph.
You can also increase/decrease speed by holding the
stalk in the full up/down position and releasing when the
icon on the instrument panel displays your desired
cruising speed.
NOTE: It may take a few seconds for Model S to reach
the new cruising speed, assuming Model S is not cruising
behind a vehicle that is driving slower than your set
speed.
Cruising at the Set Speed
Trac-Aware Cruise Control maintains your set cruising
speed whenever a vehicle is not detected in front of
Model S. When cruising behind a detected vehicle,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control accelerates and decelerates
Model S as needed to maintain a chosen following
distance (see Adjust the Following Distance on page
85), up to the set speed.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control also adjusts the cruising
speed when entering and exiting curves.
You can manually accelerate at any time when cruising
at a set speed, but when you release the accelerator,
Trac-Aware Cruise Control resumes cruising at the set
speed.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
83Autopilot
To resume cruising at the previously set speed, briefly
pull the Autopilot stalk toward you.
To resume cruising at the current driving speed, move
the Autopilot stalk up or down, then release.
NOTE: When Trac-Aware Cruise Control cancels,
Model S does not coast. Instead, regenerative braking
slows down Model S in the same way as when you
move your foot o the accelerator when driving
without
Trac-Aware Cruise Control (see Regenerative
Braking on page 60).
WARNING:
Trac-Aware Cruise Control cancels,
or may not be available, in the following
situations:
•
You press the brake pedal.
• Your driving speed exceeds the maximum cruising
speed of 90 mph (150 km/h).
•
You shift Model S into a dierent gear.
• A door is opened.
• The view from the radar sensor or camera(s) is
obstructed. This could be caused by dirt, mud, ice,
snow, fog, etc.
• The traction control setting is manually disabled or is
repeatedly engaging to prevent wheels from
slipping.
• The wheels are spinning while at a standstill.
•
The Trac-Aware Cruise Control system is failing or
requires service.
When Trac-Aware Cruise Control is unavailable or
cancels,
Model S no longer drives consistently at a set
speed and no longer maintains a specified distance
from the vehicle ahead.
WARNING:
Trac-Aware Cruise Control can
cancel unexpectedly at any time for unforeseen
reasons. Always watch the road in front of you
and stay prepared to take appropriate action. It is
the driver's responsibility to be in control of
Model S at all times.
Summary of Cruise Indicators
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control is available
but is not actively controlling your speed
until you activate it. The number shown
in gray is determined by Speed Assist
(see Controlling Speed Assist on page
116).
Trac-Aware
Cruise Control is operating
and is either maintaining the set speed
(no vehicle in front) or is maintaining a
chosen following distance from a vehicle
ahead (up to the set speed).
Model S
has fully stopped but is in a
HOLD state. If safe, press the accelerator
pedal to resume cruising at the set
speed.
Limitations
Trac-Aware Cruise Control is particularly unlikely to
operate as intended in the following types of situations:
• The road has sharp curves.
• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
• Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or
direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the
camera(s).
• The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty, covered, etc.).
• The windshield is obstructing the view of the
camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker,
etc.).
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
86 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere
with proper operation of Trac-Aware Cruise
Control.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control
87Autopilot
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Autosteer.
NOTE: Autosteer is a BETA feature.
Autosteer builds upon Trac-Aware Cruise Control (see
Trac-Aware Cruise Control on page 82), intelligently
keeping Model S in its driving lane when cruising at a set
speed. Autosteer also allows you to use the turn signals
to move Model S into an adjacent lane (see Auto Lane
Change on page 90). Using the vehicle's camera(s),
the radar sensor, and the ultrasonic sensors, Autosteer
detects lane markings and the presence of vehicles and
objects to
steer Model S.
NOTE: Touch Controls > Autopilot > Full Self-Driving
Visualization Preview (if equipped) to display more
details about the roadway and its surroundings, such as
road markings, stop lights, objects (such as trash cans
and poles), etc.
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Autosteer is a hands-on feature. You
must keep your hands on the steering wheel at all
times.
WARNING:
Autosteer is intended for use only on
highways and limited-access roads with a fully
attentive driver. When using Autosteer, hold the
steering wheel and be mindful of road conditions
and surrounding trac. Do not use Autosteer on
city streets, in construction zones, or in areas
where bicyclists or pedestrians may be present.
Never depend on Autosteer to determine an
appropriate driving path. Always be prepared to
take immediate action. Failure to follow these
instructions could cause damage, serious injury or
death.
Operating Autosteer
Before you can operate Autosteer, you must enable it by
touching Controls > Autopilot > Autosteer (Beta).
To indicate that Autosteer is
available (but not actively steering
Model S), the instrument panel
displays a gray Autosteer icon on
the right side of the driving speed.
To initiate Autosteer, pull the Autopilot stalk toward you
twice in quick succession.
Autosteer briefly displays a message on the instrument
panel reminding you to pay attention to the road and be
ready to take over at any time. To indicate that
Autosteer is now actively steering Model S, the
instrument panel displays the Autosteer icon in blue.
When Autosteer is able to detect lane markings, it also
displays the driving lane in blue.
To initiate Autosteer when no vehicle is detected ahead
of you, you must be driving at least
18 mph (30 km/h),
unless certain vehicle and environmental conditions are
met, in which case, you may be able to initiate it at lower
speeds. If a vehicle is detected ahead of you, you can
initiate Autosteer at any speed, even when stationary,
provided
Model S is at least 5 feet (150 cm) behind the
detected vehicle.
NOTE: The maximum cruising speed is 90 mph (150
km/h). It is the driver's responsibility to cruise at a safe
speed based on road conditions and speed limits.
Autosteer
88 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
The instrument panel displays a message indicating that
Autosteer is temporarily unavailable if you attempted to
engage Autosteer when driving at a speed that is not
within the speed required for Autosteer to operate.
Autosteer may also be unavailable if it is not receiving
adequate data from the camera(s) or sensors.
If Autosteer is unable to detect lane markings, the
driving lane is determined based on the vehicle you are
following.
In most cases, Autosteer attempts to center Model S in
the driving lane. However, if the sensors detect the
presence of an obstacle (such as a vehicle or guard rail),
Autosteer may steer
Model S in a driving path that is
oset from the center of the lane.
WARNING:
Autosteer is not designed to, and will
not, steer Model S around objects partially or
completely in the driving lane. Always watch the
road in front of you and stay prepared to take
appropriate action. It is the driver's responsibility
to be in control of Model S at all times.
Restricted Speed
Autosteer is intended for use only by a fully attentive
driver on freeways and highways where access is limited
by entry and exit ramps. If you choose to use Autosteer
on residential roads, a road without a center divider, or a
road where access is not limited, Autosteer may limit the
maximum allowed cruising speed and the
instrument
panel displays a message indicating that speed is
restricted. The restricted speed will be the speed limit of
the road plus
5 mph (10 km/h).
In situations where the speed limit cannot be detected
when Autosteer is engaged, Autosteer reduces your
driving speed and limits the set cruising speed to
45
mph (70 km/h). Although you can manually accelerate
to exceed the limited speed, Model S may not brake for
detected obstacles. Autosteer slows down to the limited
speed when you release the accelerator pedal. When
you leave the road, or disengage Autosteer by using the
steering wheel, you can increase your set speed again, if
desired.
Hold Steering Wheel
Autosteer uses data from the camera(s), sensors, and
GPS to determine how best to steer Model S. When
active, Autosteer requires you to hold the steering
wheel. If it does not detect your hands on the steering
wheel for a period of time,
a flashing white light appears
along the top of the instrument panel and the following
message displays:
Autosteer detects your hands by recognizing light
resistance as the steering wheel turns, or from you
manually turning the steering wheel very lightly (without
enough force to retake control).
Autosteer also qualifies
your hands as being detected if you engage a turn
signalAutopilot stalk or use a button or scroll wheel on
the steering wheel.
NOTE: When your hands are detected, the message
disappears and Autosteer resumes normal operation.
NOTE: Autosteer may also sound a chime at the same
time that the message is initially displayed.
Autosteer requires that you pay attention to your
surroundings and remain prepared to take control at any
time. If Autosteer still does not detect your hands on the
steering wheel, the request escalates by sounding
chimes that increase in frequency.
If you repeatedly ignore Autosteer's prompts for having
your hands on the steering wheel, Autosteer disables for
the rest of the drive and displays the following message.
If you don't resume manual steering, Autosteer sounds a
continuous chime, turns on the warning
flashers, and
slows the vehicle to a complete stop.
For the rest of the drive, you must steer manually.
Autosteer is available again on your next drive (after you
stop and shift Model S into Park).
Take Over Immediately
In situations where Autosteer is unable to steer Model S,
Autosteer sounds a warning chime and displays the
following message on the
instrument panel:
When you see this message, TAKE OVER STEERING
IMMEDIATELY.
Canceling Autosteer
Autosteer cancels when:
• You start steering manually.
• You press the brake pedal.
•
You push the Autopilot stalk away from you.
•
The maximum speed that Autosteer supports–90
mph (150 km/h)–is exceeded.
• You shift into a dierent gear.
Autosteer
89Autopilot
Whenever Navigate on Autopilot is active, the
instrument panel displays the driving lane as a single
blue line in front of Model S:
When Navigate on Autopilot is active and you approach
an
o-ramp or freeway interchange along your
navigation route, the appropriate turn signal engages
and Autosteer maneuvers Model S onto the o-ramp or
interchange.
WARNING:
Never depend on Navigate on
Autopilot to determine an appropriate lane at an
o-ramp. Stay alert and perform visual checks to
ensure that the driving lane is safe and
appropriate.
When you leave a controlled-access road (for example,
you exit a freeway or you enter a section of the
navigation route that is no longer supported), Navigate
on Autopilot reverts back to Autosteer— a unique triple-
tone chime sounds and the
instrument panel displays
the driving lane lines in blue (instead of the single blue
in front of Model S). When you exit onto an o-ramp, the
instrument panel briefly displays a countdown message
warning you of the distance remaining before Navigate
on Autopilot reverts back to Autosteer.
NOTE:
The way Navigate on Autopilot determines
navigation routes and maneuvers at freeway
interchanges can be impacted by whether or not the
navigation system is set up to use High Occupancy
Vehicle (HOV) lanes. Therefore, ensure the Use HOV
Lanes setting is appropriate for your circumstances (see
Maps and Navigation on page 129). If the setting is o,
Navigate on Autopilot never uses an HOV lane,
regardless of time of day. If the setting is on, Navigate
on Autopilot will always include the use of the HOV lane,
whenever it exists.
WARNING: Even when Navigate on Autopilot
deactivates at o-ramps, Autosteer remains active.
Always be prepared to take appropriate actions
such as stopping at red lights and stop signs, and
yielding to other road users.
WARNING: Navigate on Autopilot may not always
attempt to exit at an o-ramp, even when the exit
is determined by the navigation route. Always
remain alert and be prepared to manually steer
onto the o-ramp, or make a required lane change.
You can cancel Navigate on Autopilot at any time by
touching the Navigate on Autopilot button on the map’s
turn-by-turn direction list (your vehicle reverts back to
Autosteer), or by canceling Autosteer entirely (see
Canceling Autosteer on page 89).
Lane Changes
Navigate on Autopilot changes lanes to either prepare
Model S for an upcoming o-ramp, to increase your
driving speed (not to exceed your set cruising speed), or
to move Model S out of a passing lane when you are not
actively passing other vehicles. A message displays at
the top of the map's turn-by-turn direction list to notify
you when an upcoming lane change is required to stay
on your navigation route. The line on the
instrument
panel shows the upcoming driving path:
Navigate on Autopilot
93Autopilot
If Require Lane Change Confirmation is turned o,
Navigate on Autopilot engages the appropriate turn
signal, checks for vehicles and objects, and when
appropriate, maneuvers Model S into the adjacent lane.
If Require Lane Change Confirmation is turned on, you
must
pull the Autopilot stalk toward you or engage the
appropriate turn signal to confirm that you want
Navigate on Autopilot to make the lane change. If you
do not
confirm the lane change within three seconds, a
chime sounds to remind you that Navigate on Autopilot
requires your confirmation to change lanes.
NOTE: If you ignore a route-based lane change
suggestion (for example, you are driving in the left lane
while approaching an o-ramp on the right side of the
highway), Navigate on Autopilot will be unable to
maneuver onto the
o-ramp and as a result, the
navigation system will re-route you to your destination.
WARNING:
Navigate on Autopilot may not always
attempt to exit at an o-ramp or change lanes,
even when an exit or lane change is determined
by the navigation route. Always remain alert and
be prepared to manually steer onto an o-ramp,
or make a lane change to prepare for, or to exit at,
an o-ramp or interchange.
Be Ready to Assist
When attempting to change lanes or maneuver
Model S, or when approaching construction zones,
Navigate on Autopilot may be unable to determine the
appropriate driving lane (for example, complex clover
leafs and multi-lane o-ramps) and the instrument
panel displays an alert indicating that Navigate on
Autopilot is trying to maneuver and may require
assistance. When you see the message, be prepared to
take immediate action to ensure that it is safe and
appropriate to complete the lane change or maneuver.
Navigate on Autopilot
94 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle configuration, options purchased, and software version, your vehicle may
not be equipped with Trac Light and Stop Sign Control.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is designed to recognize and respond to trac lights and stop signs, slowing
Model S to a stop when using Trac-Aware cruise control or Autosteer. This feature uses the vehicle's forward-facing
cameras, in addition to GPS data, and slows the car for all detected trac lights, including green, blinking yellow,
and
o lights in addition to stop signs and some road markings. As Model S approaches an intersection, the
instrument panel displays a notification indicating the intention to slow down. You must confirm that you want to
continue or Model S stops at the red line displayed on the instrument panel's driving visualization.
NOTE: Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is a BETA feature and works best on roads that are frequently driven by
Tesla vehicles. Trac Light and Stop Sign Control attempts to stop at all trac lights, including green lights.
WARNING: NEVER make assumptions and predict when and where Trac Light and Stop Sign Control will
stop or continue through an intersection or road marking. From a driver's perspective, the behavior of Trac
Light and Stop Sign Control may appear inconsistent. Always pay attention to the roadway and be prepared to
take immediate action. It is the driver's responsibility to determine whether to stop or continue through an
intersection. Never depend on Trac Light and Stop Sign Control to determine when it is safe and/or
appropriate to stop or continue through an intersection.
Before Using
Before using Trac Light and Stop Sign Control, you must:
•
Ensure that forward-facing cameras are unobstructed (see Cleaning Cameras and Sensors on page 81) and
calibrated (see
Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page 80). Trac Light and Stop Sign Control depends on the
ability of the cameras to detect trac lights, stop signs, and road markings.
•
Ensure that the latest version of maps has been downloaded to Model S. Although Trac Light and Stop Sign
Control primarily uses visual data received from the vehicle's cameras, greater accuracy is achieved when using
the most recent map data. To check which version of maps is currently downloaded, touch
Controls > Service >
Additional vehicle information. You must connect to a Wi-Fi network to receive updated maps (see Map Updates
on page 133).
•
Enable the feature. With the vehicle in Park, touch Controls > Autopilot > Trac Light and Stop Sign Control.
Once enabled, Trac Light and Stop Sign Control operates whenever Trac-Aware Cruise Control or Autosteer is
active.
How it Works
When Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is enabled and you are using Autosteer or Trac-Aware Cruise Control, the
instrument panel displays a popup message to inform you that an upcoming trac light, stop sign, or road marking
has been detected. As it approaches the stop location, even at an intersection where the trac light is green,
Model S slows down and displays a red line to indicate where the vehicle will come to a complete stop. To continue
through the intersection—even if the trac light is green —you must pull the Autopilot stalk toward you or briefly
press the accelerator pedal to give the vehicle permission to proceed. When you've confirmed that you want to
proceed, the red stop line turns grey and Model S continues through the intersection and resumes your set cruising
speed.
NOTE: If Model S is approaching a green light and detects that a vehicle in front of you is continuing through the
intersection, Model S will continue through the intersection without requiring your confirmation, provided you are
not in a turning lane and your hands are detected on the steering wheel.
NOTE: If, after you pull the Autopilot stalk toward you or press the accelerator pedal to confirm that you want to
continue through the intersection, the
trac signal changes before you enter the intersection (for example, the light
changes from green to yellow or from yellow to red), Model S may determine that it is not appropriate to proceed.
Therefore, Model S stops and you must manually press the accelerator to proceed. At all times, it is your
responsibility to ensure the vehicle stops or accelerates appropriately and safely.
WARNING:
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control WILL NOT turn Model S through an intersection. When in a
turning lane, Model S stops at the red stop line. To proceed, pull the Autopilot stalk toward you or briefly press
the accelerator pedal—Model S will continue straight through the intersection (even when in a turning lane), so
you MUST manually steer Model S through the intersection (which cancels Autosteer).
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is designed to operate as described only when the following conditions are met:
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
95Autopilot
Trac Lights
When driving with Autosteer or Trac-Aware Cruise Control engaged, and Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
enabled, Model S is designed to respond as follows when approaching intersections controlled by a trac light:
Type of Trac Light Vehicle Intended Response
At a solid green trac light, or at a trac light that is currently o (not
illuminated), Model S slows down.
If you are following a car in front of you that continues through the intersection, a
green stop line displays on the instrument panel and provided your hands are
detected on the steering wheel,
Model S also continues. If a car is not in front of
you, a red stop line displays on the instrument panel and you must confirm that
you want to continue through the intersection by pulling the Autopilot stalk toward
you or briefly pressing the accelerator pedal. If you don’t confirm, Model S stops at
the red stop line.
NOTE: Model S resumes the set cruising speed when it continues through the
intersection, taking into consideration the speed of a vehicle is in front of you.
Model S slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on
the instrument panel. When you want to continue through the intersection (for
example, after the light turns green again, or once Model S has come to a complete
stop), you must pull the Autopilot stalk toward you or briefly press the accelerator
pedal.
Model S slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on
the instrument panel. When you want to proceed through the intersection (for
example, after the light turns green again), you must pull the Autopilot stalk
toward you or briefly press the accelerator pedal.
NOTE: If the trac light changes after you've confirmed that you want to proceed
(for example, a green
trac light turns yellow), Model S may stop instead of
continuing, especially if Model S determines that it can safely stop before entering
the intersection.
NOTE: Model S is not designed to proceed through an intersection when the trac
light is red or if the light turns yellow when there is adequate distance to safely
stop before the intersection.
NOTE: You can take over driving at any time by manually braking to cancel
Autosteer or
Trac-aware Cruise Control.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
97Autopilot
Stop Signs and Road Markings
When driving with Autosteer or Trac-aware Cruise Control engaged, and Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
enabled, Model S is designed to respond as follows when approaching intersections controlled by stop signs, stop
lines, or road markings:
Type of Intersection Vehicle Intended Response
No Trac Control
Arm of T-junction
Model S assumes the right of way and continues straight without slowing down or
stopping.
End of T-junction
If the vehicle can detect a T-junction based on the map data, Model S slows down
and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on the instrument panel.
When you want to proceed, you must take over steering and acceleration.
WARNING: Model S may not stop at a T-junction that does not have a stop sign
or stop line, or if the map data does not detect a T-junction. Drive attentively
and be prepared to stop the vehicle when needed.
Stop Sign
Model S slows down and comes to a complete stop at the red stop line shown on the
instrument panel. When you want to proceed through the intersection, you must pull
the Autopilot stalk toward you or briefly press the accelerator pedal.
NOTE: If you confirm that you want to proceed through an intersection controlled by
a stop sign by pulling the Autopilot stalk toward you or pressing the accelerator
pedal before
Model S has stopped, your confirmation is ignored. Model S is not
designed to proceed through a stop sign without stopping.
NOTE: Even when using Autosteer, and even if you have engaged a turn signal, you
must turn the steering wheel yourself (which cancels Autosteer) to complete a turn
at an intersection.
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
99Autopilot
Type of Intersection Vehicle Intended Response
Stop Sign and Road Marking
Road Marking
WARNING: Model S also slows down and stops at a roundabout. You must take over steering (which cancels
Autosteer) and pull the Autopilot stalk toward you or briefly press the accelerator pedal to confirm that you
want to continue through the roundabout.
WARNING: At crosswalks, Model S may slow down and may stop, depending on whether the crosswalk is
controlled by a trac light and whether the cameras detect pedestrians, bicyclists, etc. in the crosswalk. Pay
particular attention at crosswalks and be prepared to take over at any time. Failure to do so can result in
injury or death.
Limitations
Depending on many dierent circumstances and environmental conditions, Trac Light and Stop Sign Control may
or may not stop at:
•
Railroad crossings.
•
Keep-out zones.
•
Toll booths.
•
Crosswalk systems.
•
Yield signs or temporary trac lights and stop signs (such as at construction areas).
• Miscellaneous trac U-turn lights, bicycle and pedestrian crossing lights, lane availability lights, etc.
In addition, Trac Light and Stop Sign Control is particularly unlikely to operate as intended, can disengage, or
may not operate, when one or more of the following conditions are present:
• Driving through consecutive light-controlled intersections that are very close to each other.
• Visibility is poor (heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.) or weather conditions are interfering with camera or sensor
operation.
•
Bright light (such as direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the camera(s).
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control
100 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Autopark.
Autopark uses data from the ultrasonic sensors and GPS
to simplify parking on public roads by maneuvering
Model S into parallel and perpendicular parking spaces.
See To Use Autopark on page 102.
CAUTION: Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING: Autopark's performance depends on
the ability of the ultrasonic sensors to determine
the vehicle's proximity to curbs, objects, and other
vehicles.
To Use Autopark
When driving, follow these steps to allow Autopark to
maneuver Model S into a parking space:
1.
When driving slowly on a public road, monitor the
instrument panel to determine when Autopark has
detected a parking space. When Autopark detects a
potential parking space, the instrument panel
displays a parking icon. Autopark detects parallel
parking locations when driving below
15 mph (24
km/h) and perpendicular parking locations when
driving below 10 mph (16 km/h).
NOTE: The parking icon appears only if the vehicle's
position and/or the circumstances of the surrounding
area are such that Autopark can determine an
appropriate driving path. If Autopark cannot
determine an appropriate path (for example, when
driving on a narrow street where moving into the
parking space causes the front of the vehicle to
extend into the adjacent lane), you can either
reposition the vehicle,
find a dierent parking space,
or park manually.
2. Check to determine if the detected parking space is
appropriate and safe. If so, pull forward and stop
approximately a car length ahead of the parking
space (as you normally would when parallel parking
or when backing into a perpendicular parking space).
3. Release the steering wheel, shift Model S into
Reverse, then touch Start Autopark on the
touchscreen.
4.
When parking is complete, Autopark displays the
"Complete" message.
In situations where Autopark cannot operate due to
inadequate sensor data, the
instrument panel displays a
message indicating that you must manually park
Model S.
NOTE: If you press the brake when Autopark is actively
parking
Model S, the parking process pauses until you
touch Resume on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Autopark detects potential perpendicular parking
spaces that are at least
9.5 feet (2.9 meters) wide with a
vehicle parked on each side. Autopark detects parallel
parking spaces that are at least 20 feet (6 meters), but
less than
30 feet (9 meters) long. Autopark does not
operate on angled parking spaces.
WARNING:
Never depend on Autopark to find a
parking space that is legal, suitable, and safe.
Autopark may not always detect objects in the
parking space. Always perform visual checks to
confirm that a parking space is appropriate and
safe.
WARNING:
When Autopark is actively steering
Model S, the steering wheel moves in accordance
with Autopark's adjustments. Do not interfere with
the movement of the steering wheel. Doing so
cancels Autopark.
WARNING:
During the parking sequence,
continually check your surroundings. Be prepared
to apply the brakes to avoid vehicles, pedestrians,
or objects.
WARNING:
When Autopark is active, monitor the
touchscreen and instrument panel to ensure that
you are aware of the instructions that Autopark is
providing.
To Pause Parking
To pause Autopark, press the brake pedal once. Model S
stops and remains stopped until you touch Resume on
the touchscreen.
To Cancel Parking
Autopark cancels the parking sequence when you
manually move the steering wheel, change gears, or
touch
Cancel on the touchscreen. Autopark also cancels
parking when:
• The parking sequence exceeds seven moves.
•
Model S detects that the driver is exiting the vehicle.
•
A door is opened.
• You press the accelerator pedal.
• You press the brake pedal while Autopark is paused.
• An Automatic Emergency Braking event occurs (see
Collision Avoidance Assist on page 113).
Autopark
102 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Limitations
Autopark is particularly unlikely to operate as intended
in these situations:
• The road is sloped. Autopark is designed to operate
on flat roads only.
• Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
• The curb is constructed of material other than stone,
or the curb cannot be detected.
•
The target parking space is directly adjacent to a wall
or pillar (for example, the last parking space of a row
in an underground parking structure).
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors is damaged,
dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice, or snow).
•
Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or
extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering
with sensor operation.
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
WARNING:
Many unforeseen circumstances can
impair Autopark's ability to park Model S. Keep
this in mind and remember that as a result,
Autopark may not steer Model S appropriately. Pay
attention when parking Model S and stay prepared
to immediately take control.
Autopark
103Autopilot
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software version,
your vehicle may not be equipped with Smart Summon.
Smart Summon is designed to allow you to move
Model S to your location (using your phone's GPS as a
target destination) or to a location of your choice,
maneuvering around and stopping for objects as
necessary.
Smart Summon works with the Tesla mobile
app when your phone is located within approximately
213 feet (65 meters) of Model S. Using ultrasonic
sensors, cameras, and GPS data, Smart Summon
maneuvers
Model S out of parking spaces and around
corners. This is useful for moving Model S out of a tight
parking spot, through puddles, or helping you retrieve
your car while carrying packages. You must maintain a
clear line of sight between you and
Model S and closely
monitor the vehicle and its surroundings at all times.
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Smart Summon is designed and
intended for use only on parking lots and
driveways located on private property where the
surrounding area is familiar and predictable. Do
not use Smart Summon on public roads.
WARNING:
Smart Summon must only be used on
paved surfaces.
WARNING:
Smart Summon is a BETA feature. You
must continually monitor the vehicle and its
surroundings and stay prepared to take
immediate action at any time. It is the driver's
responsibility to use Smart Summon safely,
responsibly, and as intended.
WARNING:
Smart Summon may not stop for all
objects (especially very low objects such as some
curbs, or very high objects such as a shelf) and
may not react to all trac. Smart Summon does
not recognize the direction of trac, does not
navigate around empty parking spaces, and may
not anticipate crossing trac.
WARNING:
Smart Summon's performance
depends on the ultrasonic sensors, the visibility of
the cameras, and the availability of an adequate
cellular signal and GPS data.
WARNING:
When using Smart Summon, you must
maintain a clear line of sight between you and
Model S and stay prepared to stop the vehicle at
any time by releasing the button on the mobile
app.
Before Using Smart Summon
•
Download the latest version of the Tesla mobile app
to your phone, and ensure your phone has cellular
service and GPS enabled.
• Your phone must be connected to Model S and
located within approximately
213 feet (65 meters).
• The vehicle's Autopilot cameras must be fully
calibrated (see
Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page
80).
• You must have a clear line of sight to Model S.
• Model S must be in Park, not charging, and all doors
and trunks must be closed.
Using Smart Summon
1. Open the Tesla mobile app, and press SUMMON.
2.
Press the Smart Summon icon located in the center
of the image of your Model S. It may take several
seconds for Smart Summon to start up.
NOTE: You can use Standby Mode to eliminate the
delay that occurs when Smart Summon is starting up
(see
Standby Mode on page 108).
The mobile app displays a map with a blue circle,
which represents the maximum proximity of 213 feet
(65 meters) that you must maintain between your
phone and Model S. The blue dot on the map
represents your location, and the red arrow
represents the location of Model S.
3.
Position yourself anywhere within the blue circle
where you have a clear line of sight to Model S.
4.
You can now operate Smart Summon using either of
these modes:
◦
COME TO ME mode: Press and hold the COME TO
ME button. Model S moves to your GPS location.
As you move, Model S follows you. When Model S
reaches you, it stops and shifts into park.
◦
GO TO TARGET mode: Touch the crosshair icon
then drag the map to position the pin on a
chosen destination. Press and hold the
GO TO
TARGET button. Model S moves to the
destination. When reaching the location, Model S
stops and shifts into Park and the mobile app
displays a message indicating that Summon has
completed.
NOTE: To subsequently change the location, lift
your finger, reposition the map, then press and
hold
GO TO TARGET again.
To stop Model S at any time, simply release the
COME TO ME or GO TO TARGET button.
The map's crosshair icon toggles
between
GO TO TARGET and COME TO
ME modes. When COME TO ME mode is
selected, the icon is blue.
NOTE: The map also has an icon that
allows you to display/hide satellite
imagery.
Smart Summon
107Autopilot
Immediately after initiating Smart Summon in either
mode, hazard lights briefly flash, mirrors fold, and
Model S shifts into the appropriate driving gear (Drive
or Reverse). Model S then slowly moves to within 3 feet
(1 meter) of you (COME TO ME) or your chosen
destination (GO TO TARGET), navigating obstacles as
needed. As
Model S moves, the corresponding red
arrow on the map also moves to show the vehicle’s
location. As you move, the corresponding blue dot also
moves to show your location.
In either mode, Model S stops moving and shifts into
park when:
•
You release the button on the mobile app.
•
The maximum proximity of 213 feet (65 meters)
between your phone and Model S is exceeded (if
moving Model S to a destination away from you, you
may need to follow the car to maintain this
distance).
• The driving path is blocked.
•
Model S has moved the maximum distance of 475
feet (145 meters) since the start of the Smart
Summon session, or has moved 492 feet (150
meters) away from the location from which the
vehicle was last driven manually.
NOTE: If Smart Summon moves Model S forward
three feet and then backwards two feet, this is
considered five feet of travel.
NOTE: There is no need to look at the mobile app—just
hold down the button while keeping your eye on
Model S and its driving path at all times, remaining
ready to release the button to stop the vehicle if
needed.
If equipped and Auto HomeLink is enabled for Summon
(touch Controls > Autopilot > Summon > Use Auto
HomeLink, Smart Summon automatically opens a
HomeLink device if you start the Smart Summon
maneuver when Model S is located inside a garage. The
mobile app informs you that the door has opened.
WARNING:
When you release the button to stop
Model S, a slight delay occurs before the vehicle
stops. Therefore, it is critical that you pay close
attention to the vehicle’s driving path at all times
and proactively anticipate obstacles that the
vehicle may be unable to detect.
WARNING:
Use extreme caution when using
Smart Summon in environments where movement
of obstacles can be unpredictable. For example,
where people, children or animals are present.
WARNING:
Smart Summon may not stop for all
objects (especially very low objects such as some
curbs, or very high objects such as a shelf) and
may not react to all oncoming or side trac. Pay
attention and be ready to stop Model S at all
times by releasing the button on the mobile app.
Standby Mode
To keep Model S ready to Summon and reduce the time
it takes to warm up, turn on Standby Mode. Touch
Controls > Autopilot > Customize Summon > Standby
Mode. When Standby Mode is turned on, you can
conserve Battery energy by disabling Standby Mode at
these locations:
• Exclude Home - Disables Standby Mode at the
location you set as Home in your Favorites list.
• Exclude Work - Disables Standby Mode at the
location you set as Work in your Favorites list.
• Exclude Favorites - Disables Standby Mode at any
location in your Favorites list.
NOTE: To conserve energy, Smart Summon
automatically exits Standby mode from midnight to
6:00 am. During these hours, you will experience a
delay as Smart Summon starts up.
NOTE: Additional battery power may be consumed
while Standby Mode is active.
NOTE: For details on how to designate a location as
Home, Work, or Favorites, see
Recent, Favorite, Home
and Work Destinations on page 132).
Stopping or Canceling Smart
Summon
Smart Summon stops Model S whenever you release
the button on the mobile app. To resume the Smart
Summon session, simply press the
COME TO ME or GO
TO TARGET button again.
WARNING:
Always anticipate when you need to
stop Model S. Depending on the quality of the
connectivity between the phone and Model S,
there may be a slight delay between when you
release the button and when the car stops.
Smart Summon cancels, and requires you to restart it,
when:
•
You press any button on the key.
•
A door handle is engaged or a door is opened.
•
You interact with the steering wheel, brake pedal,
accelerator pedal, or drive stalk.
• Model S is blocked by an obstacle.
•
Smart Summon has moved Model S the maximum
distance of approximately 475 feet (145 meters)
within a 213 foot (65 meter) radius of the phone's
location. To move further than this distance, you
must shift Model S into a driving gear (Drive or
Reverse) and then re-initiate an Smart Summon
session.
• Your phone enters sleep mode or loses connectivity
to Model S.
Smart Summon
108 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Limitations
Smart Summon is unlikely to operate as intended in the
following types of situations:
• GPS data is unavailable due to poor cellular coverage.
• The driving path is sloped. Smart Summon is
designed to operate on flat roads only (up to 10%
grade).
• A raised concrete edge is detected. Depending on
the height of the concrete edge, Smart Summon may
not move Model S over it.
• One or more of the ultrasonic sensors or cameras is
damaged, dirty, or obstructed (such as by mud, ice,
or snow, or by a vehicle bra, excessive paint, or
adhesive products such as wraps, stickers, rubber
coating, etc.).
• Weather conditions (heavy rain, snow, fog, or
extremely hot or cold temperatures) are interfering
with sensor or camera operation.
•
The sensors are aected by other electrical
equipment or devices that generate ultrasonic waves.
NOTE: Smart Summon is disabled if Model S is in Valet
mode (see Valet Mode on page 38).
WARNING:
The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Smart Summon. It is the
driver's responsibility to remain in control of
Model S at all times. Pay close attention whenever
Smart Summon is actively moving Model S and
stay prepared to take immediate action. Failure to
do so can result in serious property damage, injury
or death.
Smart Summon
109Autopilot
If your Model S is equipped with Autopilot components
(see About Autopilot on page 79), the following
collision avoidance features are designed to increase
the safety of you and your passengers:
• Forward Collision Warning - provides visual and
audible warnings in situations when
Model S detects
that there is a high risk of a frontal collision (see
Forward Collision Warning on page 113).
•
Automatic Emergency Braking - automatically
applies braking to reduce the impact of a frontal
collision (see Automatic Emergency Braking on page
114).
• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration - reduces acceleration
if Model S detects an object in its immediate driving
path (see
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration on page
114).
CAUTION:
Ensure all cameras and sensors are
clean. Unclean cameras and sensors, as well as
environmental conditions such as rain and faded
lane markings, can aect Autopilot performance.
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning is for
guidance purposes only and is not a substitute for
attentive driving and sound judgment. Keep your
eyes on the road when driving and never depend
on Forward Collision Warning to warn you of a
potential collision. Several factors can reduce or
impair performance, causing either unnecessary,
invalid, inaccurate, or missed warnings.
Depending on Forward Collision Warning to warn
you of a potential collision can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING:
Automatic Emergency Braking is not
designed to prevent all collisions. In certain
situations, it can minimize the impact of a frontal
collision by attempting to reduce your driving
speed. Depending on Automatic Emergency
Braking to avoid a collision can result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING:
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is not
designed to prevent a collision. In certain
situations, it can minimize the impact of a
collision. Depending on Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration to avoid a collision can result in
serious injury or death.
Forward Collision Warning
The forward looking camera(s) and the radar sensor
monitor the area in front of Model S for the presence of
an object such as a vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or
pedestrian. If a collision is considered likely unless you
take immediate corrective action, Forward Collision
Warning is designed to sound a chime and highlight the
vehicle in front of you in red on the
instrument panel. If
this happens, TAKE IMMEDIATE CORRECTIVE ACTION!
Warnings cancel automatically when the risk of a
collision has been reduced (for example, you have
decelerated or stopped
Model S, or the object in front
of your vehicle has moved out of your driving path).
If immediate action is not taken when Model S issues a
Forward Collision Warning, Automatic Emergency
Braking (if enabled) may automatically apply the brakes
if a collision is considered imminent (see
Automatic
Emergency Braking on page 114).
By default, Forward Collision Warning is turned on. To
turn it o or adjust its sensitivity, touch Controls >
Autopilot > Forward Collision Warning. Instead of the
default warning level of
Medium, you can turn the
warning O, or you can choose to be warned Late or
Early.
NOTE: Your chosen setting for Forward Collision
Warning is retained until you manually change it. It is
also saved in your driver profile.
WARNING:
The camera(s) and sensors associated
with Forward Collision Warning are designed to
monitor an approximate area of up to 525 feet
(160 meters) in your driving path. The area being
monitored by Forward Collision Warning can be
adversely aected by road and weather
conditions. Use appropriate caution when driving.
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning is designed
only to provide visual and audible alerts. It does
not attempt to apply the brakes or decelerate
Model S. When seeing and/or hearing a warning,
it is the driver's responsibility to take corrective
action immediately.
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning may
provide a warning in situations where the
likelihood of collision may not exist. Stay alert and
always pay attention to the area in front of
Model S so you can anticipate whether any action
is required.
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning operates
only when driving between approximately 7 mph
(10 km/h) and 90 mph (150 km/h).
WARNING:
Forward Collision Warning does not
provide a warning when the driver is already
applying the brake.
Collision Avoidance Assist
113Autopilot
Automatic Emergency Braking
The forward looking camera(s) and the radar sensor are
designed to determine the distance from a detected
object traveling in front of
Model S. When a frontal
collision is considered unavoidable, Automatic
Emergency Braking is designed to apply the brakes to
reduce the severity of the impact.
When Automatic Emergency Braking applies the
brakes, the instrument panel displays a visual warning
and sounds a chime. You may also notice abrupt
downward movement of the brake pedal. The brake
lights turn on to alert other road users that you are
slowing down.
If driving 35 mph (56 km/h) or faster, the brakes are
released after Automatic Emergency Braking has
reduced your driving speed by 30 mph (50 km/h). For
example, if Automatic Emergency Braking applies
braking when driving 56 mph (90 km/h), it releases the
brakes when your speed has been reduced to 26 mph
(40 km/h).
Automatic Emergency Braking operates only when
driving between approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) and
90 mph (150 km/h).
Automatic Emergency Braking does not apply the
brakes, or stops applying the brakes, when:
•
You turn the steering wheel sharply.
•
You press and release the brake pedal while
Automatic Emergency Braking is applying the
brakes.
•
You accelerate hard while Automatic Emergency
Braking is applying the brakes.
•
The vehicle, motorcycle, bicycle, or pedestrian is no
longer detected ahead.
Automatic Emergency Braking is always enabled when
you start Model S. To disable it for your current drive,
touch
Controls > Autopilot > Automatic Emergency
Braking.
WARNING:
It is strongly recommended that you
do not disable Automatic Emergency Braking. If
you disable it, Model S does not automatically
apply the brakes in situations where a collision is
considered likely.
WARNING:
Automatic Emergency Braking is
designed to reduce the severity of an impact. It is
not designed to avoid a collision.
WARNING:
Several factors can aect the
performance of Automatic Emergency Braking,
causing either no braking or inappropriate or
untimely braking, such as when a vehicle is
partially in the path of travel or there is road
debris. It is the driver’s responsibility to drive
safely and remain in control of the vehicle at all
times. Never depend on Automatic Emergency
Braking to avoid or reduce the impact of a
collision.
WARNING:
Automatic Emergency Braking is
designed to reduce the impact of frontal collisions
only and does not function when Model S is in
Reverse.
WARNING:
Automatic Emergency Braking is not a
substitute for maintaining a safe traveling
distance between you and the vehicle in front of
you.
WARNING:
The brake pedal moves downward
abruptly during automatic braking events. Always
ensure that the brake pedal can move freely. Do
not place material under or on top of the Tesla-
supplied driver’s floor mat (including an
additional mat) and always ensure that the
driver’s floor mat is properly secured. Failure to
do so can impede the ability of the brake pedal to
move freely.
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to reduce the
impact of a collision by reducing motor torque and in
some cases applying the brakes, if
Model S detects an
object in its driving path. The instrument panel displays
a visual warning and sounds a chime when the brakes
are automatically applied. For example,
Model S, while
parked in front of a closed garage door with the Drive
gear engaged, detects that you have pressed hard on
the accelerator pedal. Although Model S still accelerates
and hits the garage door, the reduced torque may result
in less damage.
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is designed to operate
only when all of these conditions are simultaneously
met:
•
A driving gear is engaged (Drive or Reverse).
• Model S is stopped or traveling less than 10 mph (16
km/h).
•
Model S detects an object in its immediate driving
path.
To disable Obstacle-Aware Acceleration, touch Controls
> Autopilot > Obstacle-Aware Acceleration.
WARNING:
Obstacle-Aware Acceleration is
designed to reduce the severity of an impact. It is
not designed to avoid a collision.
Collision Avoidance Assist
114 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration may not
limit torque in all situations. Several factors,
including environmental conditions, distance from
an obstacle, and a driver's actions, can limit, delay,
or inhibit Obstacle-Aware Acceleration.
WARNING: Obstacle-Aware Acceleration may not
limit torque when performing a sharp turn, such as
into a parking space.
WARNING: Do not rely on Obstacle-Aware
Acceleration to control acceleration or to avoid, or
limit, the severity of a collision, and do not attempt
to test Obstacle-Aware Acceleration. Doing so can
result in serious property damage, injury, or death.
WARNING: Several factors can aect the
performance of Obstacle-Aware Acceleration,
causing an inappropriate or untimely reduction in
motor torque and/or undesired braking. It is the
driver's responsibility to drive safely and remain in
control of Model S at all times.
Limitations and Inaccuracies
Collision Avoidance features cannot always detect all
objects, vehicles, bikes, or pedestrians, and you may
experience unnecessary, inaccurate, invalid, or missed
warnings for many reasons, particularly if:
•
The road has sharp curves.
•
Visibility is poor (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
•
Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or
direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the
camera(s).
•
The radar sensor is obstructed (dirty, covered, etc.).
•
The windshield is obstructing the view of the
camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker,
etc.).
WARNING:
The limitations previously described do
not represent an exhaustive list of situations that
may interfere with proper operation of Collision
Avoidance Assist features. These features may fail
to provide their intended function for many other
reasons. It is the driver’s responsibility to avoid
collisions by staying alert, paying attention, and
taking corrective action as early as possible.
CAUTION:
If a fault occurs with a Collision
Avoidance Assist feature, Model S displays an alert.
Contact Tesla Service.
Collision Avoidance Assist
115Autopilot
How Speed Assist Works
Model S displays a speed limit on the instrument panel
and you can choose if and how you are warned when
you exceed the speed limit. Also, instead of using the
detected speed limit, you can base warnings on an
arbitrary speed limit that you enter manually.
In situations where Model S is unable to determine a
speed limit, or if Speed Assist is uncertain that an
acquired speed limit is accurate, the instrument panel
may not display a speed limit sign and warnings do not
take
eect.
If you set the speed limit warning to Display (see
Controlling Speed Assist on page 116) and exceed the
determined speed limit, the speed limit sign on the
instrument panel increases in size.
If you set the speed limit warning to Chime (see
Controlling Speed Assist on page 116) and exceed the
determined speed limit, the speed limit sign on the
instrument panel increases in size and Model S also
sounds a warning chime.
NOTE: Speed limit warnings go away after ten seconds,
or when Model S slows down below the specified limit.
WARNING:
Do not rely on Speed Assist to
determine the appropriate speed limit or driving
speed. Always drive at a safe speed based on
trac and road conditions.
Controlling Speed Assist
To adjust the Speed Limit Warning setting, touch
Controls > Autopilot > Speed Limit Warning, then
choose one of these options:
•
O - Speed limit warnings do not display and chimes
are not sounded.
•
Display - Speed limit signs display on the instrument
panel and the sign increases in size when you exceed
the determined limit.
•
Chime - In addition to the visual display, a chime is
sounded whenever you exceed the determined speed
limit.
You can also specify how the speed limit is determined:
•
Relative - You can set a speed limit oset (+ or -) if
you want to be alerted only when you exceed the
oset speed limit by a specified amount. For
example, you can increase the oset to +10 mph (10
km/h) if you only want to be warned when you
exceed the speed limit by 10 mph (10 km/h).
NOTE: The oset from speed limit also aects the
number shown in the gray speedometer icon on the
left side of the driving speed on the instrument panel.
•
Absolute - Manually specify any speed limit between
20 and 140 mph (30 and 240 km/h).
NOTE: Speed Assist is not always accurate. A road's
location can be miscalculated and instead Speed Assist
can display a speed for a directly adjacent road that may
have a
dierent speed limit. For example, Speed Assist
can assume Model S is on a freeway or highway when it
is actually on a nearby surface street, and vice versa.
NOTE: Your chosen setting is retained until you manually
change it.
It is also saved in your driver profile.
Limitations and Inaccuracies
Speed Assist may not be fully functional or may provide
inaccurate information in these situations:
• Visibility is poor and speed limit signs are not clearly
visible (due to heavy rain, snow, fog, etc.).
•
Bright light (such as from oncoming headlights or
direct sunlight) is interfering with the view of the
camera(s).
• Model S is being driven very close to a vehicle in front
of it which is blocking the view of the camera(s).
Speed Assist
116 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
• The windshield is obstructing the view of the
camera(s) (fogged over, dirty, covered by a sticker,
etc.).
• Speed limit signs are concealed by objects.
• The speed limits stored in the map database are
incorrect or outdated.
•
Model S is being driven in an area where GPS or map
data is not available or where speed limit signs can
not be detected.
•
Trac signs do not conform to standard recognizable
formats.
•
A road or a speed limit has recently changed.
WARNING:
The list above does not represent an
exhaustive list of situations that may interfere with
proper operation of Speed Assist. Speed Assist
may fail to provide warnings for many other
reasons.
Speed Assist
117Autopilot
Overview
Touch Controls on the bottom corner of
the touchscreen to control features and
customize Model S to suit your
preferences. The Controls window
appears over the map. Touch an option
on the left side of the window to display
the associated controls and settings. By
default,
Quick Controls displays for
quicker access to commonly used
settings.
To close the Controls window, touch the
X in the top left corner, touch Controls
again, or swipe down on the window.
When an information icon displays
beside a specific setting, touch it to
display a popup that provides helpful
details about the associated setting.
NOTE: The following illustrations are for demonstration
purposes only. Depending on vehicle options, software
version and market region, the options available may be
dierent.
Summary of Controls
1. List of available controls. When you select an item
from this list, its associated controls display in the
main viewing area. Touch
Manual below the list of
tabs to display this owner's manual.
2. Main viewing area. The options available for the item
you chose from the list of control tabs display here,
and are described in this section.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration and
market region, some settings may not be available
for your vehicle.
Quick Controls
Quick Controls displays by default to provide quick
access to these commonly-used features. Additional
controls for many of these features are available on the
feature-specific tabs listed below Quick Controls.
• Exterior lights
OFF Exterior lights are
o until you manually
turn them back on. The exterior lights
are set to AUTO by default at the start
of every drive.
PARKING The exterior side marker lights, parking
lights, tail lights, and license plates
lights turn on.
ON Exterior lights are on.
AUTO Exterior lights automatically turn on if
Model S detects low lighting conditions.
Enable/disable Auto High Beam, see
High Beam Headlights on page 50.
NOTE: For more information on exterior lights, see
Lights on page 48.
•
FRONT FOG and REAR FOG: Controls the fog lights,
if equipped (fog lights are only available in some
market regions).
•
FOLD: Fold or unfold side mirrors.
•
LOCK: Touch to manually lock the vehicle.
•
Touch OPEN to open the corresponding front trunk,
rear trunk, or sunroof (if equipped). You can also
touch VENT to partially open the sunroof (see
Sunroof on page 22).
•
Charge Port: Touch the button next to the charge
port to open.
• Display Brightness: Adjust the brightness of the
display.
•
Screen Clean Mode: When enabled, your
touchscreen darkens and is temporarily disabled to
facilitate cleaning. Follow the onscreen instructions
to exit Screen Clean Mode.
Controls
118 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Suspension
Use these settings to adjust the settings associated with
the air suspension system. You can adjust the
Ride
Height, ranging from Low to Very High. You can
optimize ride and handling by choosing Adaptive
Suspension Damping settings, view real-time details of
the status of the suspension system, and save locations
at which you want the ride height to automatically raise
(helpful for increasing ground clearance on steep
driveways, etc.) For details, see Air Suspension on page
139.
Lights
Use these settings to control exterior and interior lights.
Exterior light controls (
Exterior Lights, Front Fog, and
Rear Fog) are also available on the Quick Controls tab,
and are described in the previous topic. For detailed
information on lights, see
Lights on page 48. Using this
tab, you can also control the following light settings:
•
Dome Lights: Turn the overhead lights to OFF, ON, or
AUTO. When set to AUTO, the dome lights
automatically turn on when you unlock Model S, open
a door upon exiting, or shift into Park.
•
Ambient Lights: If on, the interior lights turn on
whenever the headlights are on (if equipped).
•
Daytime Running Lights: Toggle on if you would like
you have your headlights on during the day time (if
equipped).
•
Auto High Beam: If on, the high beam headlights can
automatically switch to low beam when there is light
(for example, from an oncoming vehicle) detected in
front of Model S. See High Beam Headlights on page
50.
•
Headlights after Exit: If on, the headlights remain on
when you stop driving and park Model S in low
lighting conditions. They automatically turn o after
one minute or when you lock Model S.
Driving
Acceleration: (If equipped) Choose an acceleration
setting that determines whether acceleration is limited
or increased (see
Acceleration Modes on page 67). Chill
limits acceleration for a slightly smoother and gentler
ride, whereas Standard or Sport (depending on vehicle
configuration) provides the normal level of acceleration.
NOTE: When Chill is selected, Chill displays on the
touchscreen above the driving speed.
Steering Mode: Adjust the amount of eort required to
turn the steering wheel.
Sport feels more responsive
whereas Comfort feels easier to drive and park (see
Adjusting Steering Eort on page 39).
Regenerative Braking
: When you release the accelerator
when driving, regenerative braking slows Model S and
feeds any surplus energy back to the Battery. If set to
LOW, Model S does not slow down as quickly, but also
feeds less energy back to the Battery (see Regenerative
Braking on page 60).
NOTE: Regardless of the setting selected, the energy
gained by regenerative braking is reduced if the Battery
is full, or is extremely cold or hot (in which case, surplus
energy is used to heat or cool it).
NOTE: The regenerative braking setting is not available
on all vehicles.
Stopping Mode: Choose how you want Model S to
behave once regenerative braking has reduced the
driving speed to a very low speed, a driving gear is still
engaged, and both the accelerator and brake pedals are
released. See
Stopping Mode on page 60. You can
adjust this setting only when Model S is in Park.
Slip Start: Turn slip start on to allow wheels to spin (see
Traction Control on page 63).
Range Mode (if equipped): If on, Model S conserves
energy by automatically limiting the amount of power
that the climate control system uses to maintain the
temperature of the cabin area and limits the amount of
energy being used to heat or cool the Battery. In
addition, Range Mode turns
o signature lights (only in
market regions where daytime running lights are not
required).
Autopilot
Control features that provide a safer and more
convenient driving experience. Some Autopilot features
are not controlled through Controls. See About
Autopilot on page 79 for more information.
•
Autosteer (Beta): Enable the auto steering feature
(available only if your vehicle is equipped with an
Autopilot package) (see Autosteer on page 88).
•
Navigate on Autopilot (Beta): Navigate on Autopilot
automatically exits at o-ramps and interchanges
based on your navigation route and can also make
lane changes designed to prepare for exits and
minimize the driving time to your destination
(available only if your vehicle is equipped with an
Autopilot package). Touch
Customize Navigate on
Autopilot to specify how you want Navigate on
Autopilot to operate, such as whether you want it to
automatically enable at the start of every trip, how
you want it to perform lane changes, etc. (see
Navigate on Autopilot on page 92).
NOTE: Navigate on Autopilot is not available in all
market regions.
•
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control (Beta) (if
equipped): You can enable the ability for Model S to
automatically stop at trac lights and stop signs (see
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control on page 95).
Controls
119Using the Touchscreen
• Green Trac Light Chime: If on, a chime sounds
when you are waiting at a red trac light and the
light turns green. If you are not actively using Trac-
Aware Cruise Control and are waiting at a red light
with a car in front of you, the chime sounds when
the car advances ahead of you.
•
Full Self-Driving Visualization Preview (if
equipped) : Display more details about the roadway
and its surroundings, such as road markings, stop
lights, objects (such as trash cans and poles), etc.
This may not be available on certain vehicle
configurations or in some market regions.
•
Summon (Beta): Automatically park and retrieve
Model S from outside the vehicle (available only if
your vehicle is equipped with an Autopilot package)
(see
Summon on page 104).
Customize Summon: Determine the bumper
clearance, distance, amount of side clearance, and
whether Summon requires continuous press when
active.
•
Set Speed Oset: When you engage Trac-Aware
Cruise Control or Autopilot to cruise at the speed
limit (see To Use Trac-Aware Cruise Control on
page 82), you can choose a FIXED oset, in which
the speed is adjusted by a specific number of mph
(km/h) on all roads, or a PERCENTAGE oset, in
which the speed adjustment varies depending on
the detected speed limit of the road.
•
Speed Limit Warning: Select the type of warnings, if
any, you receive if you exceed the detected speed
limit (see Speed Assist on page 116).
•
Speed Limit: Specify if you want Speed Limit
Warning to use a relative or an absolute speed limit
(see
Speed Assist on page 116). If you choose a
relative speed limit, you can specify an Oset to be
alerted only when you exceed the speed limit by the
specified oset amount.
•
Forward Collision Warning: Choose if and when you
want to receive visual and audible warnings in
situations where there is a high risk of a frontal
collision (see Collision Avoidance Assist on page 113).
•
Lane Departure Avoidance (if equipped): Specify if
you want the steering wheel to vibrate slightly if a
front wheel passes over a lane marking and the
associated turn signal is o (see Lane Assist on page
110).
•
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance (if
equipped): In emergency situations, Model S
attempts to prevent a potential collision with an
object in an adjacent lane by steering the vehicle
back into your driving lane (see
Emergency Lane
Departure Avoidance on page 110).
• Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime: Choose if you
want a chime to sound when a vehicle is in your
blind spot and a possible collision is detected (see
Blind Spot Collision Warning Chime on page 111).
• Automatic Emergency Braking
: Specify if you want
Model S to automatically apply braking when a
frontal collision is imminent (see Collision Avoidance
Assist on page 113).
• Obstacle-Aware Acceleration: Specify if you want to
automatically reduce acceleration when an obstacle
is detected in front of your vehicle while driving at
low speeds (see
Collision Avoidance Assist on page
113).
NOTE: Depending on market region, vehicle
configuration, options purchased, and software
version, your vehicle may not be equipped with all
Autopilot features.
Vehicle
Driver Door Unlock Mode: If on, only the driver's door
unlocks when you shift Model S into Park. If o, all
doors unlock.
Auto-Present Handles: If on, door handles extend
automatically as you approach Model S carrying a key.
If o, you need to press the door handle to extend it.
Walk-Away Door Lock: If on, doors automatically lock
when you walk away from the vehicle carrying your key
(see Walk-Away Door Lock on page 12).
Car Left Open Notification: Choose whether you want
Model S to send a notification to your Tesla mobile app
if your car is open for an extended period
(approximately 10 minutes) after you have left:
•
OFF - you will not be notified if your car is left open.
•
DOORS - you will be notified only if a door or trunk
is left open.
•
DOORS & WINDOWS - in addition to being notified
if a door or trunk is left open, you will also receive a
notification if Model S is locked and a window or
sunroof (if equipped) is left open.
Touch the Exclude Home checkbox to disable the
notification when Model S is parked at the location you
set as Home in your Favorites list (see Recent, Favorite,
Home and Work Destinations on page 132).
NOTE: To enable the Car Left Open Notification, the
Allow Mobile Access setting must also be enabled.
NOTE: Notifications are not sent when Model S is in
Camp Mode or if Tesla Theater (if equipped) is active.
Lock Confirmation Sound: You can set Model S to
sound a soft horn when your car locks or unlocks (see
Keyless Locking and Unlocking on page 10).
Unlock on Park: If on, doors automatically unlock when
you engage the Park gear (see Interior Locking and
Unlocking on page 12). If Driver Door Unlock Mode is
on, only the driver's door unlocks.
Controls
120 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Display
Customize characteristics of the touchscreen and
instrument panel:
• Display Mode: Customize the DAY (light background)
or NIGHT (dark background) setting. When set to
AUTO, the brightness changes automatically between
DAY and NIGHT brightness based on ambient lighting
conditions.
•
Brightness: Drag the slider to manually control the
brightness level. When AUTO brightness is on, the
touchscreen is further adjusted based on both the
surroundings and by your learning preferences (for
example, it remembers the type of manual
adjustments you make).
• Energy Saving: When toggled on, Model S reduces
the amount of energy being consumed when not in
use (for newer vehicles, this is automated). See
Getting Maximum Range on page 70.
Customize how the units and language are displayed:
•
Language: Select the language that is displayed on
the touchscreen.
NOTE: Model S must be in Park to change the
language. When you change the language, you
experience a brief delay as the vehicle shuts down
and restarts the touchscreen.
•
Voice Recognition Language: Choose the language
to be used for voice commands.
•
Navigation Language: Choose the language that the
navigation system uses for spoken instructions.
•
Time Format: Choose if time is displayed in 12 or 24
hour format.
NOTE: To change the time if it is incorrect, press and
hold the time displayed at the top of the touchscreen
until it changes.
•
Energy Display: Choose to display remaining energy
and charging units as either a percentage of battery
energy remaining, or as an estimate of the distance
you can drive.
•
Distance: Choose if miles or kilometers are used
when displaying range.
•
Temperature: Customize if temperature displays in
Fahrenheit or Celsius.
• Tire Pressure: Select if tire pressures are displayed in
BAR or PSI.
Trips
View and reset the trip meters that summarize how far
you have driven (see Trip Information on page 69).
Customize which meters to show in the instrument
panel.
Navigation
Customize how the navigation system works by
adjusting these settings:
• Volume Control: Increase or decrease the volume of
spoken navigation instructions by touching - or +,
respectively. Decreasing all the way to the left mutes
the instructions. You can also mute navigation
instructions when a navigation route is active by
touching the volume icon on the turn-by-turn
direction list.
NOTE: The volume setting applies only to the
navigation system’s spoken instructions. Volume for
Media Player and Phone remains unchanged.
•
Automatic Navigation: Provided your phone's
calendar is synced to
Model S, you are automatically
routed to an event if you get into your vehicle within
two hours of an event's start time (if the event on
your calendar includes a valid address). Automatically
navigate to Home and Work on weekdays (see
Automatic Navigation on page 130).
•
Trip Planner: (If available in your market region) Use
trip planner to plan your driving and charging routes
(see
Trip Planner on page 132).
•
Online Routing: When selected, you may be
automatically rerouted to avoid heavy trac (see
Online Routing on page 132).
•
Avoid Ferries: When toggled on, navigation routes
avoid the use of ferries.
•
Avoid Tolls: When toggled on, navigation routes
avoid the use of tolls.
•
Use HOV Lanes : When toggled on, navigation routes
include the use of High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV)
lanes. This is particularly useful when using Navigate
on Autopilot, if equipped (see Navigate on Autopilot
on page 92).
NOTE: You can also display navigation settings by
touching the settings icon on the map (see Maps and
Navigation on page 129).
Safety & Security
Parking Brake: You can manually apply and release the
parking brake (see Parking Brake on page 61).
Power O: Touch to manually power o the vehicle (see
Powering O on page 44).
Speed Limit Mode: Specify if and how much you want to
limit acceleration and max speed (see Speed Limit Mode
on page 123).
Sentry Mode: When on, Sentry Mode uses the vehicle’s
cameras and sensors to monitor its surroundings while
the vehicle is locked and in Park. If a threat is detected,
Sentry Mode triggers the Alert or Alarm state,
depending on the severity of the threat. You can
Controls
121Using the Touchscreen
customize Sentry Mode to automatically enable except
in locations that you've saved as Home, Work, or a
Favorite (see Sentry Mode on page 142). Operates only
when the energy remaining in the Battery is above 20%.
Save Clips on Honk: If on, you can save video
recordings to a USB
flash drive or other storage device
using Dashcam by honking the horn on the steering
wheel. You must insert a properly formatted USB flash
drive or other storage device in one of your vehicle's
front USB ports (see Dashcam on page 73).
Park Assist Chimes: If on, an audible beep sounds when
approaching an object while parking (see Park Assist
on page 64).
Joe Mode: When enabled, Joe Mode lowers the volume
of your vehicle's chimes, except for turn signals.
Security Alarm: Enable the security alarm (see Security
Settings on page 142).
Passive Entry: If on, doors automatically unlock and
door handles extend (if Auto-Present Handles is on)
whenever you approach Model S carrying a key. If o,
you must use the key to unlock Model S. See Using the
Key on page 10.
NOTE: You must press the brake pedal to power
Model S on before you can change the Passive Entry
setting. See Starting on page 44.
NOTE: If Passive Entry is o and you do not press the
brake pedal to start Model S within approximately five
minutes, a message displays on the instrument panel
and you must use the key to lock, then unlock
Model S
again before starting the vehicle.
NOTE: When you enable passive entry, it is
recommended that you also enable PIN to Drive to
increase security (see
PIN to Drive on page 142).
Tilt/Intrusion: If equipped, a siren can sounds if Model S
detects motion inside the cabin or if the vehicle is
moved or tilted (see
Security Settings on page 142).
PIN to Drive: Increase security by preventing Model S
from being driven until a 4-digit PIN (Personal
Identification Number) is entered (see PIN to Drive on
page 142).
Glovebox PIN: For additional security, protect the
contents in your glovebox with a 4-digit PIN (see
Glovebox PIN on page 142).
Cabin Overheat Protection: Reduce the temperature of
the cabin in extremely hot ambient conditions for a
period of up to twelve hours after you exit
Model S (see
Cabin Overheat Protection on page 128). Operates
only when the energy remaining in the Battery is above
20%.
Allow Mobile Access: Allow Tesla's mobile applications
to access your Model S (see Mobile App on page 151).
NOTE: To disable Allow Mobile Access, enter your Tesla
account credentials on the touchscreen.
DATA SHARING
: Allow sharing of road measurement
data (see Data Sharing on page 198).
Service
Key Fob Update: Your vehicle must be in Park to
update your key fob. See Using the Key on page 10 for
more information.
Reset TPMS Sensors: Reset the TPMS sensors after
replacing a wheel (see Resetting the TPMS Sensors on
page 165).
Wheel Configuration: Update your vehicle's wheel
configuration if you are installing new wheels or
swapping them for
dierent ones. This also changes the
wheels of your vehicle's avatar on the touchscreen.
NOTE: Changing your vehicle's wheel configuration can
impact range estimates, tire pressure warning levels,
and vehicle visualization. See
Tire Care and
Maintenance on page 163 for more information.
WARNING:
Only use Tesla-approved wheels when
installing or swapping wheels. Using non Tesla-
approved wheels can cause serious damage. Tesla
is not liable for damage caused by using wheels
not approved by Tesla.
Tow Mode: Prepare Model S for towing by keeping it in
Neutral, which disengages the parking brake. See
Instructions for Transporters on page 193.
Wiper Service Mode: Make wiper blades easy to access
(see Wiper Blades and Washer Jets on page 171).
Jack Mode: Disables self-leveling of the air suspension.
WARNING:
The air suspension system causes
Model S to self-level, even when powered o.
Therefore, when transporting or lifting, you must
engage Jack Mode to disable self-leveling (see
Instructions for Transporters on page 193 and
Jacking and Lifting on page 175).
Notifications: Display a list of notifications that have
recently appeared on your vehicle.
Software Reinstall: In some rare situations in which a
component has been replaced, a software reinstall may
be needed. Touch to reinstall the existing software
version. Existing settings are not
aected. See Software
Reinstall on page 149.
Camera Calibration: Clear the Autopilot camera
calibration to reset the calibrated camera positions and
angles stored on the Autopilot computer. Once the
calibration has been cleared, the vehicle must be driven
to calibrate the Autopilot cameras. See
Drive to
Calibrate Cameras on page 80 for more information.
FACTORY RESET: Erase all personal data (saved
addresses, music favorites, imported contacts, etc.) and
restore all customized settings to their factory defaults
(see
Erasing Personal Data on page 123).
Controls
122 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Overview of Climate Controls
Climate controls are always available at the bottom of the touchscreen. To turn the climate control system on,
touch the fan icon or adjust the cabin temperature. To turn it
o, touch the fan icon and then touch the o button
near the center of the popup window.
By default, climate control is set to the Auto setting, which maintains optimum comfort in all but the most severe
weather conditions. When you adjust the cabin temperature in the Auto setting, the system automatically adjusts
the heating, air conditioning, air distribution, and fan speed to maintain the cabin at your selected temperature. To
override the Auto setting, touch the fan icon, turn
o the Auto setting, then manually adjust your settings (see
Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 125). If you've manually adjusted individual settings, you can also
revert back to Auto at any time by touching AUTO on the climate control popup window.
NOTE: The following illustration is provided for demonstration purposes only. Depending on vehicle options,
software version, market region, and settings, the information displayed may be slightly
dierent.
1.
Seat heaters operate at three setting levels from 3 (highest) to 1 (lowest). When operating, the associated seat
icon displays twisting lines that turn red to indicate the setting level. If equipped with ventilated seats, a popup
appears that allows you to switch between heating and cooling. When cooling, the twisting lines turn blue.
NOTE: If Model S is equipped with rear seat heaters and/or the optional subzero weather package, you can also
control seat heaters in the rear seats, heated wipers, and heated steering wheel by touching the fan icon then
touching the seat tab.
2.
Touch an up or down arrow to change the cabin temperature. To apply a temperature setting to both the driver
and passenger side, touch SYNC on the popup that appears when you touch an arrow. When you apply the
same temperature to both sides, only one temperature setting displays. Touch SYNC again to display separate
temperature settings for the driver and passenger.
3.
Touch the fan icon to turn on climate control and to manually customize settings to suit your preferences (see
Adjusting Climate Control Settings on page 125). Touch and hold the fan icon to quickly turn o climate
control. If your vehicle is equipped with the optional cold weather package, touch this icon to access controls
for the rear seat heaters.
4. The windshield defroster distributes air flow to the windshield. Touch once to defog the windshield (the icon
turns blue). Touch a second time to defrost the windshield (the icon turns red and the heating and fan operate
at maximum levels). Touch a third time to turn o and restore the air distribution, heating, and fan to their
previous settings. See Cold Weather Best Practices on page 77 for more information on preparing for cold
weather.
5. Touch to warm up the rear window. When operating, the icon turns red. After 15 minutes, the rear window
defroster automatically turns
o. The exterior side mirrors are also heated whenever the rear window defroster
is operating.
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture and options selected at time of purchase, some vehicles are not
equipped with a heater in the exterior side mirrors.
Climate Controls
124 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
WARNING: To avoid burns resulting from prolonged use, individuals who have peripheral neuropathy, or
whose capacity to feel pain is limited because of diabetes, age, neurological injury, or some other condition,
should exercise caution when using the climate control system and seat heaters.
NOTE: The climate control system is powered by the high voltage battery. Therefore, prolonged use decreases
driving range.
Adjusting Climate Control Settings
To adjust individual settings to suit your preferences, touch the fan icon at the bottom of the touchscreen to access
individual climate control settings.
In addition to the settings shown, if Model S is in Park, the Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode setting
displays when you touch the fan icon when the vehicle is in Park (see
Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and Camp Mode
on page 127).
1.
Adjust the speed of the fan.
NOTE: Adjusting the fan speed may change your setting for how air is drawn into Model S in order to decrease or
increase airflow. For example, if you set the fan speed at the highest setting when the air circulation is set to draw
in outside air, the setting may switch to recirculating the air to achieve the high air flow.
2.
Touch to turn o the climate control system and close the climate controls popup window.
NOTE: The popup window also closes if you touch the map, choose Media Player or an app, or display a controls
window, even if the climate control system is turned on.
3.
Turn the air conditioning on and o, respectively. Turning it o reduces cooling, but saves energy.
4.
Choose where air flows into the cabin (windshield, face-level, or foot-level vents). You can choose more than one
location.
NOTE: When air is directed to the foot-level vents, approximately one third of the air continues to flow to the
windshield vents to assist in defogging. However, when air is directed to the face-level vents, air does not flow to
the windshield because the air flowing through the face-level vents can assist in defogging the windshield.
5. If your Model S is equipped with the medical-grade HEPA (High Eciency Particulate Air) filter, this filter ensures
the best quality air inside the cabin whenever the climate control system is on and outside air is entering the
cabin (i.e. recirculate is
o). The HEPA filter is extremely eective at removing particles, including pollution,
allergens, bacteria, pollen, mold spores, and viruses. Both the HEPA filter and the secondary filtration system also
contain activated carbon to remove a broad spectrum of odors and gases. When you engage Bioweapon Defense
Mode, the positive pressure inside the cabin minimizes the amount of outside air that can enter the vehicle.
NOTE: Some gases, such as carbon monoxide, are not eectively removed by activated carbon.
Climate Controls
125Using the Touchscreen
6. Choose how air is drawn into Model S:
Outside air is drawn into
Model S (see Ventilation
on page 127). Although
less ecient than
recirculating the air in
very hot or cold climate
conditions, this setting
draws more air into the
rear seating areas, and is
recommended when
occupants are seated in
the Tesla built-in rear
facing child seats.
Air inside Model S is
recirculated. This
prevents outside air
(trac fumes) from
entering, but reduces
dehumidifying
performance.
Recirculating the air is the
most
ecient way to cool
the front cabin area. To
prevent the windshield
from fogging in some
conditions,
briefly change
the setting every hour to
draw in outside air.
7.
Touch AUTO to change all settings back to their
default values. The icon is blue whenever the climate
control system is set to
AUTO.
NOTE: Because Model S runs much quieter than a
gasoline-powered vehicle, you may notice the sound of
the A/C compressor as it is operating. To minimize
noise, reduce the fan speed.
Climate Controls
126 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and
Camp Mode
The Keep Climate On, Dog, and Camp settings allow
you to keep the climate control system running when in
Park, even after you've left
Model S or choose to stay
inside the vehicle. These settings are useful when it is
important to maintain the cabin temperature in hot or
cold weather conditions. For example, when leaving
groceries in
Model S on hot days, you may want to use
Keep Climate On to prevent spoilage.
Dog mode keeps your pet comfortable while also
displaying the current cabin temperature on the
touchscreen so people nearby are informed that your
pet does not need to be rescued.
Camp Mode allows you to power electronics through
the USB ports and 12V outlet in addition to maintaining
the cabin temperature. The touchscreen remains on so
you can play music, browse the internet, play games in
the arcade, or watch shows in Tesla Theater. You can
also control media and climate settings from a paired
phone. Camp Mode is ideal for remaining inside your
vehicle, such as camping or staying with a child.
NOTE: In Camp Mode, Sentry Mode and the vehicle
alarm system are disabled.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration or market
region, Entertainment, Arcade, and/or Theater may not
be available on your vehicle.
To operate Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp
Mode:
1.
Engage the Park gear. The Keep Climate On, Dog,
and Camp settings are available only when Model S
is in Park.
2.
If necessary, adjust the climate settings.
3.
Touch the fan icon then touch Keep Climate On,
Dog, or Camp.
NOTE: To initiate Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp
Mode, the Battery's charge level must be at least 20%.
The climate control system maintains your climate
settings until you shift out of Park or manually turn it
o. If the Battery's charge level drops below 20%, the
Tesla mobile app repeatedly starts sending you
notifications reminding you to check on anything that
you have left in Model S.
The next time you drive Model S, the climate control
system continues operating using the previous climate
settings from your most recent trip.
NOTE: Software updates cannot be performed when
Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp Mode is active.
NOTE:
The intrusion sensor (if equipped) automatically
disables when Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, or Camp
Mode is active. However, you can override this behavior
and keep the intrusion sensor enabled. To do so, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion after
enabling Keep Climate On, Dog mode, or Camp mode.
However, note that keeping the intrusion sensor
enabled while Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and Camp
Mode is active can trigger an alarm event as a result of
air movement inside the cabin.
WARNING: You can adjust the climate control
system remotely using the mobile app. However, if
you use the mobile app to turn o the climate
control system, Keep Climate On, Dog Mode, and
Camp Mode stop operating.
WARNING: Avoid using Keep Climate On, Dog
Mode, or Camp Mode when the battery charge is
low. When leaving a dog or pet in Model S, you
must ensure that you have your phone with you
and that the Tesla mobile app is running. This
allows you to proactively monitor the cabin
temperature. To ensure the safety and comfort of
anyone or anything in your vehicle, always make
sure you have adequate cellular coverage to
receive notifications and allow enough time to
return to Model S should the climate control
system stop operating—on hot days, the cabin
temperature can become dangerously high within
a few minutes.
WARNING: Check local laws for any restrictions
on leaving pets unattended in your vehicle.
WARNING: Never leave a child unattended in your
vehicle.
Ventilation
Outside air is drawn into Model S through the grill in
front of the windshield. Keep the grill clear of
obstructions such as leaves and snow.
To direct the flow of air inside Model S, move the
interior vents up, down, or from side to side.
Climate Controls
127Using the Touchscreen
NOTE: You can direct the outer face level vents toward
the side windows to help defrost or defog them.
Cabin Air Filter
Model S has an air filter that prevents pollen, industrial
fallout, road dust and other particles from entering
through the vents. Tesla recommends replacing the
cabin air
filter every 2 years.
Tesla recommends replacing the HEPA air filter (if
equipped)
every 3 years.
Cabin Overheat Protection
The climate control system can reduce the temperature
of the cabin in extremely hot ambient conditions for a
period of up to twelve hours after you exit Model S.
Touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Cabin Overheat
Protection and choose:
•
OFF: Disable Cabin Overheat Protection.
•
ON: The air conditioning operates when the cabin
temperature exceeds 105° F (40° C).
NOTE: Cabin Overheat Protection operates only when
the energy remaining in the Battery is above 20%.
WARNING:
Never leave children or pets in the
vehicle unattended. Due to automatic shut-o or
extreme outside conditions, the inside of the
vehicle can become dangerously hot, even when
Cabin Overheat Protection is enabled.
Climate Control Operating Tips
•
When you use the mobile app to turn on the climate
control system, it automatically turns o after four
hours or if the charge level drops to 20%. To cool or
heat the cabin for a longer period, you must turn it
on again.
•
To conserve energy, turn on Range Mode (if
equipped) to limit the power of the climate control
system (touch
Controls > Driving > Range Mode).
Cabin heating and cooling may be less eective, but
you can use seat heaters to provide warmth in
colder climates.
•
If the climate control system is louder than you
prefer, manually reduce the fan speed.
• In addition to cooling the interior, the air
conditioning compressor also cools the Battery.
Therefore, in hot weather, the air conditioning
compressor can turn on even if you turned it
o. This
is normal because the system’s priority is to cool the
Battery to ensure it stays within an optimum
temperature range to support longevity and
optimum performance.
• Even when not in use, you may hear
Model S emit a
whining noise or the sound of water circulating.
These sounds are normal and occur when the
internal cooling systems turn on to support various
vehicle functions, such as maintaining the 12V
battery and balancing the temperature of the high
voltage Battery.
• To ensure the climate control system operates
eciently, close all windows and ensure that the
exterior grill in front of the windshield is free of ice,
snow, leaves, and other debris.
• In very humid conditions, it is normal for the
windshield to fog slightly when you
first turn on the
air conditioning.
•
It is normal for a small pool of water to form under
Model S when parked. Extra water produced by the
dehumidifying process is drained underneath.
•
To reduce the temperature in the cabin in hot
weather conditions, the fan may turn on to vent the
cabin when the vehicle is parked. This occurs only if
the battery's charge level is above 20%.
Climate Controls
128 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Overview
The touchscreen displays a map at all times. To move
the map in any direction, hold and drag a
finger. To
rotate the map in any direction, hold and turn two
fingers.
To set the map's orientation, touch the icon in the top
right corner of the map:
North Up - North is always at the top
of the screen.
Heading Up - The direction you are
driving is always at the top of the
screen. The map rotates as you change
direction. This icon has an integrated
compass that indicates the direction
you are driving.
NOTE: When navigating, this icon also
allows you to view the route overview
view (see
Navigating on page 130).
When you rotate or move the map, your current
location is no longer tracked. The message "Tracking
Disabled" displays
briefly next to the map orientation
icon and the icon turns gray. To re-enable tracking,
touch the map's orientation icon to choose North Up or
Heading Up.
Touch the + and - icons to zoom the map in and out on
your current or chosen location. When you zoom in or
out using these icons, tracking remains enabled.
Touch the following icons to customize what the map
displays and to access navigation settings:
NOTE: These icons disappear after a few seconds when
not in use. Touch anywhere on the map to re-display
them.
Display/hide satellite imagery (if
equipped with premium connectivity).
Display/hide
trac conditions (if
equipped with premium connectivity).
Green lines indicate no trac; orange
lines indicate light trac; red lines
indicate moderate trac; and pink lines
indicate heavy
trac. To ensure trac is
easy to identify along a navigation route,
green trac lines display under the blue
route line, whereas orange, red, and pink
trac lines display on top of the blue
route line.
Display/hide all charging locations and a
popup list that includes the city and
proximity of the corresponding stations
on the map. Charging locations include
Tesla Superchargers, Tesla destination
chargers, third party fast chargers (see
note below), and public chargers that
you have used previously. See Charging
Locations on page 131.
NOTE: In some market regions, third
party fast chargers are also included on
the map as dark grey pins when you
display chargers.
NOTE: The map always displays
Superchargers, even when you hide
charging locations.
Increase or decrease the volume of
spoken navigation instructions by
touching - or +, respectively. Decreasing
all the way to the left mutes the
instructions. You can also mute
navigation instructions when a
navigation route is active by touching
the volume icon on the turn-by-turn
direction list.
Customize how the navigation system
works by adjusting these settings (the
available settings vary depending on
your market region and vehicle
configuration):
• Touch Trip Planner to minimize the
time you spend driving and charging
(see
Trip Planner on page 132).
• Touch Online Routing to be
automatically rerouted to avoid heavy
trac (see Online Routing on page
132).
•
Touch Avoid Ferries to be
automatically routed to avoid ferries.
•
Touch Avoid Tolls to be automatically
routed to avoid tolls.
•
Touch Use HOV Lanes to include High
Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes on
navigation routes.
This is particularly
useful when using Navigate on
Autopilot, if equipped (see Navigate
on Autopilot on page 92).
NOTE: You can also access the above
navigation settings by touching Controls
> Navigation.
NOTE: The volume setting applies only
to the navigation system's spoken
instructions. Volume for Media Player
and Phone remains unchanged.
Maps and Navigation
129Using the Touchscreen
Drop a pin by pressing and holding your finger
anywhere on the map. When you drop a pin, or touch
an existing pin, the chosen location is centered on the
map, and a popup window provides information about
the location. From this popup, you can navigate to the
location, call the location (if a phone number is
available) and add or remove the location from your list
of favorite destinations (see
Recent, Favorite, Home
and Work Destinations on page 132).
Navigating
To navigate to a location, touch Navigate, send the
destination from your phone, or speak a voice
command (see
Using Voice Commands on page 40).
You can enter or speak an address, landmark, business,
etc. You can also choose a saved Home or Work
location and select from a list of recently used locations
(the most recent displays at the top of the list),
including charging stations you have visited.
NOTE: To remotely start navigation from your IOS® or
Android™ device, use the "share" functionality after
giving access to the Tesla mobile app.
When you specify a location, the touchscreen zooms
out to provide an overview of the route you need to
travel, and, after calculating the route, zooms back in to
your starting point and begins to provide instructions.
A turn-by-turn direction list displays the
first navigation
instruction and an estimate of total mileage, driving
time, and arrival time. To expand the list to show each
turn on your navigation route, touch the instruction.
Note the following about the turn-by-turn direction list:
•
A battery displays below the destination to provide
an estimate of how much battery energy will remain
when you reach your destination. Touch to expand
battery information to show a round trip estimate
back to your starting point. See
Predicting Energy
Usage on page 131.
•
If charging is needed to reach your destination and
Trip Planner is enabled (and available in your market
region), the navigation route automatically includes
Supercharger stops (see
Trip Planner on page 132)
and you may need to touch BEGIN TRIP to initiate
navigation.
•
If you won't have enough energy to reach your
destination and there is no Supercharger on the
route, an alert tells you that charging is needed to
reach your destination.
•
Each turn is preceded by the distance to the
maneuver.
• To see the bottom of the list, you may need to drag
the list upward.
• Touch the top of the list again to minimize it.
While navigating, the map tracks your location and
displays the current leg of your trip. You can display the
entire route at any time.
If Navigate on Autopilot
(if available in your market
region) is enabled, you can turn it on for the navigation
route by touching Navigate on Autopilot in the turn-by-
turn direction list. Navigate on Autopilot is an extension
of Autosteer that automatically changes lanes and
steers
Model S onto the appropriate exit(s) when
navigating on controlled access roads (such as
freeways). For details, see Navigate on Autopilot on
page 92.
The route overview icon displays when a
navigation route is active. Touch this
icon at any time to view an overview of
your navigation route, or to change the
orientation of the map (see Overview on
page 129), which also zooms the map to
show the current leg of your trip. The
black pin at the end of the route line
represents your destination.
Mute/unmute navigation volume.
NOTE: You can also mute the volume of
the navigation system by pressing the
scroll button on the left side of the
steering wheel while navigation
instructions are being spoken. A volume
control
specific to navigation
instructions is also available by touching
the settings icon on the map (see
Overview on page 129).
To stop navigating, touch
CANCEL, located below the
turn-by-turn direction list.
NOTE: If a data connection is not available, onboard
maps allow you to navigate to any location, but you
must enter the location's exact and complete address.
Automatic Navigation
Automatic Navigation can predict a destination when
you get in your vehicle. When your phone's calendar is
synced to Model S, and the calendar includes an event
that takes place within two hours of when you get in
your vehicle to drive, Automatic Navigation suggests
the location of the event (assuming a valid address is
associated with the event).
In addition, if you are Home and get in your vehicle on
weekdays (Monday to Friday) from 5:00 AM to 11:00
AM, Automatic Navigation can automatically route you
to your specified Work location (see Recent, Favorite,
Home and Work Destinations on page 132). Likewise, if
you are at work on weekdays from 3:00 PM to 11:00 PM,
Automatic Navigation can automatically route you to
your
specified Home location.
Maps and Navigation
130 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
To enable Automatic Navigation, touch Controls >
Navigation > Automatic Navigation. You must have your
phone's calendar correctly synced to your vehicle with a
uniquely specified and valid address for each event (see
Calendar on page 141). Your Automatic Navigation
settings are saved to your Driver
Profile (see Driver
Profiles on page 37).
NOTE: Navigation instructions that you enter manually,
or send to
Model S, override routes suggested by
Automatic Navigation.
NOTE: Availability of this feature depends on market
region and vehicle
configuration.
I'm Feeling Lucky, Hungry
In addition to navigating to a destination of your choice,
Model S can also suggest nearby locations based on
whether you are feeling Hungry or Lucky. In the
navigation search bar, touch
Hungry or Lucky. Hungry
suggests popular restaurants, whereas Lucky suggests
popular destinations (such as museums and amusement
parks). For a new suggestion, go back and touch
Hungry
or Lucky again for dierent results. When you discover a
destination that interests you, touch Navigate to
proceed to the destination.
This feature requires the latest version of Navigation
maps. To download, connect your vehicle to Wi-Fi and
navigate to
Controls > Software to check if an update is
available (see Map Updates on page 133).
NOTE: Availability of this feature depends on market
region and vehicle
configuration.
Charging Locations
The map always displays Supercharger locations,
represented by red pins that you can touch to display
more information, navigate to it, or mark it as a favorite.
The appearance of the pin itself reveals information
about the Supercharger location:
The Supercharger location is operational.
At locations with multiple Superchargers,
a row of bars displays above the icon,
with each bar representing a
Supercharger. If a Supercharger is in use,
the bar is filled in to provide a quick
visual that indicates how many
Superchargers are currently being used
at the location. Superchargers that may
be out of order in addition to the number
available are also displayed.
NOTE: A Supercharger pin is colored
black if located on your current
navigation route.
The Supercharger location may be out of
operation or is operating at a reduced
capacity. Touch the pin to display details.
When you touch the pin for a Supercharger location, a
popup displays information, including the total number
of Superchargers, the number of Superchargers
available, the address of the Supercharger location, and
its approximate distance from your current location. The
popup also displays amenities that are available at the
Supercharger location, including restrooms, restaurants,
lodging, shopping, and Wi-Fi.
Touch the map's charging icon to display all nearby
charging stations of the map. In addition to the
Superchargers, the map displays Tesla's destination
chargers, third party fast chargers (see note below), and
any public charging stations that you have previously
used. Display details about a charging location by
touching its pin. You can also
filter the types of chargers
shown based on max power.
NOTE: In some market regions, third party fast chargers
are also included as dark grey pins when you choose to
display all charging stations on the map.
The location is equipped with a Tesla Wall
Connector. Touch to display more
information such as usage restrictions
and available charge current. The
charging list also displays your proximity
to these charging stations.
NOTE: When the map is zoomed out and
more than one Tesla Wall Connector is
available in an area, the pin is round and
displays the number of stations. Touch
the pin to zoom in. Then you can touch
an individual pins for details about a
specific charging location.
NOTE: When navigating to a Supercharger or, in some
regions, a third-party fast charger location,
Model S may
allocate energy to pre-heat the Battery. This ensures you
arrive at the Supercharger or third-party fast charger
with the optimal Battery temperature, reducing the
amount of time it takes to charge. In some
circumstances (such as cold weather), it is normal for
the front motor to make noise as it generates heat to
warm the Battery (see
Warming the Battery Before
Supercharging on page 78).
Predicting Energy Usage
When navigating to a destination, Model S helps you
anticipate your charging needs by calculating the
amount of energy that remains when you reach your
destination. The calculation is an estimate based on
driving style (predicted speed, etc.) and environmental
factors (elevation changes, temperature, etc.). When
navigating, the map displays this calculation at the
Maps and Navigation
131Using the Touchscreen
bottom of the expanded turn-by-turn direction list (see
Navigating on page 130). When the turn-by-turn
direction list is compressed, touch the top of the list to
expand it.
Throughout your route, Model S monitors energy usage
and updates the calculation. A popup warning displays
at the bottom of the turn-by-turn direction list in these
situations:
•
A yellow warning displays when you have very little
energy remaining to reach your destination and
should drive slowly to conserve energy. For tips on
conserving energy, see
Getting Maximum Range on
page 70.
•
A red warning displays when you must charge to
reach your destination.
If you also want to know if you have enough energy for
a round trip, touch the energy calculation to display an
estimate of your round trip energy usage.
Online Routing
Model S detects real-time trac conditions and
automatically adjusts the estimated driving and arrival
times based on trac. In situations where trac
conditions will delay your estimated time of arrival and
an alternate route is available, the navigation system
can reroute you to your destination. To turn this feature
on or
o, touch the map's settings icon (see Overview
on page 129), then touch Online Routing. You can also
specify the minimum amount of minutes that must be
saved before you are rerouted by touching the arrows
associated with the
Re-Route if it saves more than
setting.
Trip Planner
Trip Planner (available in some market regions) helps
you take longer road trips with confidence. If reaching
your destination requires charging, Trip Planner routes
you through the appropriate Supercharger locations.
Trip Planner selects a route and provides charging
times to minimize the amount of time you spend
driving and charging. To enable Trip Planner, touch the
map's settings icon (see
Overview on page 129), then
touch
Trip Planner.
When Trip Planner is enabled and charging is required
to reach your destination, the turn-by-turn direction list
includes Supercharger stops and a recommended
charging time at each Supercharger, and an estimate of
how much energy will be available when you arrive at
the Supercharger.
NOTE:
When navigating to a Supercharger or, in some
regions, a third-party fast charger using Trip Planner,
your vehicle may allocate some energy to pre-heat the
Battery. The vehicle arrives at the Supercharger or
third-party fast charger with an optimal Battery
temperature, reducing the amount of time it takes to
charge (see
Warming the Battery Before Supercharging
on page 78).
To remove Supercharger stops and display only
directions, touch Remove charging stops at the bottom
of the list of directions (if you remove charging stops,
the turn-by-turn direction list may display an alert
indicating that charging is needed to reach your
destination). To add Supercharger stops to the
directions, touch
Add charging stops.
While charging at a Supercharger, the charging screen
displays the remaining charging time needed to drive to
your next Supercharger stop, or destination (if no
further charging is needed). If you charge for a shorter
or longer length of time, the charging time for
subsequent Supercharger stops is adjusted.
NOTE: You can also monitor remaining charging time
needed in the Tesla Mobile App.
NOTE: If a Supercharger located on your route
experiences an outage, Trip Planner displays a
notification and reroutes you to a dierent
Supercharger location.
If Trip Planner estimates that you won't have enough
energy for your round trip, and there are no
Superchargers available on your route, Trip Planner
displays an alert at the top of the turn-by-turn direction
list notifying you that charging is needed to reach your
destination.
Recent, Favorite, Home and Work
Destinations
When you touch Navigate on the map, a list of Recent
destinations appear and you can easily navigate to any
recent destination by selecting it from the list.
If you frequently drive to a destination, you may want
to add it as a favorite to avoid having to enter the
location's name or address each time. When you add a
destination as a Favorite, you can easily navigate to it
by touching
Navigate > Favorites and then selecting it
from the list of favorites.
To add a destination to your Favorites
list touch its pin on the map, then touch
the heart icon on the popup window
that appears. You will be prompted to
name the Favorite. Enter a name (or
leave as-is to accept the default name),
then touch Add to Favorites. The heart
becomes solid gray and the destination
is included on the Favorites list.
Maps and Navigation
132 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
To delete a Recent or Favorite destination, touch and
hold it down briefly, then touch the X that appears.
The top of the navigation list also provides shortcuts for
Home and Work locations. Touch Set Home or Set Work
to set an address to either of these locations. After
entering the address, touch
SAVE AS HOME or SAVE AS
WORK. Then simply touch these shortcuts whenever you
want to navigate home or to work.
To change the location associated with Home or Work,
press and hold the shortcut icon and enter the new
desired address in the "Set Your Home Address"
window. Then, touch
SAVE AS HOME or SAVE AS WORK
to save the new address.
To delete a saved Home or Work address, press and hold
the shortcut icon, and then touch CLEAR HOME or
CLEAR WORK.
NOTE: Based on your usage patterns, you may be
prompted to save a location as Home or Work.
NOTE: Once a Home or Work location is saved, Model S
may prompt you to navigate to your Work location in
the mornings and to your Home location in the evenings
and tell you how long it will take to arrive based on
current
trac conditions.
For security reasons, if you sell Model S, it is
recommended that you delete your Home and Work
Locations. You can delete these individually or you can
perform a factory reset to erase all personal data (see
Erasing Personal Data on page 123).
Map Updates
As updated maps become available, they are
automatically sent to
Model S over Wi-Fi. To ensure you
receive them, periodically connect Model S to a Wi-Fi
network (see Connecting to Wi-Fi on page 148). The
touchscreen displays a message informing you when
new maps are installed.
Maps and Navigation
133Using the Touchscreen
Bluetooth
®
Compatibility
You can use your Bluetooth-capable phone hands-free
in
Model S provided your phone is within operating
range. Although Bluetooth typically supports wireless
communication over distances of up to approximately
30 feet (9 meters), performance can vary based on the
phone you are using.
Before using your phone with Model S, you must pair it.
Pairing sets up
Model S to work with your Bluetooth-
capable phone (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on page
137).
You can pair up to ten Bluetooth phones. Model S
always automatically connects to the last phone that
was used (provided it is within range). If you want to
connect to a
dierent phone, see Connecting to a
Paired Phone on page 138.
NOTE: On many phones, Bluetooth turns o if the
phone’s battery is low.
NOTE: In addition to phones, you can also pair
Bluetooth-enabled devices with Model S. For example,
you can pair an iPod Touch or an iPad or Android tablet
to stream music.
Pairing a Bluetooth Phone
Pairing allows you to use your Bluetooth-capable phone
hands-free to make and receive phone calls, access
your contact list, recent calls, etc. It also allows you to
play media
files from your phone. Once a phone is
paired, Model S can connect to it whenever the phone
is within range.
To pair a phone, follow these steps while sitting inside
Model S:
1.
Ensure both the touchscreen and the phone are
powered on.
2.
On your phone, enable Bluetooth and ensure it is
discoverable.
NOTE: On some phones, this may require you to go
to Bluetooth Settings for the remainder of the
procedure.
3. Touch the Bluetooth icon on the top of the
touchscreen.
4.
On the touchscreen, touch Add New Device > Start
Search. The touchscreen displays a list of all
available Bluetooth devices within operating
distance.
5.
On the touchscreen, touch the phone with which you
want to pair. Within a few seconds, the touchscreen
displays a randomly generated number, and your
phone should display the same number.
6. Check that the number displayed on your phone
matches the number displayed on the touchscreen.
Then, on your phone,
confirm that you want to pair.
7. If prompted on your phone, specify whether you
want to allow Model S to access your contacts and
media
files.
When paired, Model S automatically connects to the
phone, and the touchscreen displays the Bluetooth
symbol next to the phone’s name to indicate that the
connection is active.
At any time, you can display the Bluetooth settings
screen to change settings associated with a connected
device. For example, you can designate a connected
phone as the Priority Device. This is useful in situations
where you have connected more than one phone, and
both phones are frequently used in
Model S at the same
time. Model S automatically attempts to connect to the
priority device before others.
Importing Contacts and Recent
Calls
Once paired, you can use the Bluetooth settings screen
(touch the Bluetooth icon on the touchscreen's top
status bar) to specify whether you want to allow access
to your phone’s contacts and recent calls. If access is
turned on, you can use the phone app to display, and
make calls to, people in your list of contacts and on
your recent calls lists (see
Using the Phone App on
page 138).
NOTE: Before contacts can be imported, you may need
to either set your phone to allow syncing, or respond to
a popup on your phone to confirm that you want to
sync contacts. This varies depending on the type of
phone you are using. For details, refer to the
documentation provided with your phone.
NOTE: You can turn access to your contacts and recent
calls on or o at any time by displaying the Bluetooth
settings screen, choosing the phone, and then changing
the setting associated with contacts and recent calls.
Unpairing a Bluetooth Phone
If you want to disconnect your phone and use it again
later, simply touch Disconnect on the Bluetooth
settings screen. If you do not want to use your phone
with Model S again, touch Forget This Device. Once you
forget a device, you need to pair it again if you want to
use it with
Model S (see Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on
page 137).
NOTE: Your phone automatically disconnects whenever
you leave
Model S.
Phone
137Using the Touchscreen
Connecting to a Paired Phone
Model S automatically connects to a phone that you
designated as
Priority Device on the Bluetooth settings
screen. If you have not set a phone as a priority,
Model S connects to the last phone to which is was
connected, provided it is within operating range and
has Bluetooth turned on. If the last phone is not within
range, it attempts to connect with the next phone that
it has been paired with.
To connect to a dierent phone, touch the Bluetooth
icon on the top of the touchscreen. The Bluetooth
window displays a list of paired phones. Choose the
phone you want to connect to, then touch
Connect. If
the phone you want to connect to is not listed, you
must pair the phone. See
Pairing a Bluetooth Phone on
page 137.
When connected, the Model S touchscreen displays the
Bluetooth symbol next to the phone name to show that
the connection is active.
Using the Phone App
When your phone is connected to Model S using
Bluetooth, and you have allowed access to your phone's
contacts (see
Importing Contacts and Recent Calls on
page 137), you can use the phone app to display and
make a hands-free call to anyone listed on your phone:
•
Recent Calls list. The list displays calls in
chronological order with the most recent call listed
first. You can display all calls or just those that are
missed, incoming, or outgoing.
•
Contacts: Contacts are listed in alphabetical order
and can be sorted by first name or last name. You
can also choose a letter on the right side of the list
to quickly scroll to the names that begin with the
selected character. When you touch a name on your
contacts list, the contact's available number(s)
displays on the right pane, along with other available
information (such as address). Touch the contact's
number to make a call.
You can also view, send, and receive text messages on
the touchscreen. Instead of typing a text message,
touch the microphone to enter text using your voice.
WARNING:
To minimize distraction and ensure the
safety of vehicle occupants as well as other road
users, do not view or send text messages when
the vehicle is in motion. Pay attention to road and
trac conditions at all times when driving.
Making a Phone Call
You can make a phone call by:
• Speaking a voice command (English) (see Using
Voice Commands on page 40).
• Selecting a contact or recent call from the menu on
your right scroll button (see
Using Right Steering
Wheel Buttons on page 40).
• Choosing a number from your contact or recent calls
list in the phone app.
•
Using the Model S on-screen dialer in the phone app.
NOTE: If it is safe and legal to do so, you can also
initiate a call by dialing the number or selecting the
contact directly from your phone.
NOTE: You can also make a phone call by touching a
pin on the map and choosing the phone number (if
available) on the popup window.
Receiving a Phone Call
When your phone receives an incoming call, the
instrument panel and touchscreen display the caller’s
number or name (if the caller is in your phone’s contact
list and
Model S has access to your contacts).
Touch one of the options on the touchscreen, or roll the
scroll button on the right side of the steering wheel to
Answer or Ignore the call (see Using Right Steering
Wheel Buttons on page 40).
NOTE: Depending on the phone you are using and what
speakers you used for your most recent call, your phone
may prompt you to choose which speakers you want to
use for the incoming call.
WARNING:
Stay focused on the road at all times
while driving. Using or programming a phone
while driving, even with Bluetooth enabled, can
result in serious injury or death.
WARNING:
Follow all applicable laws regarding
the use of phones while driving, including, but not
limited to, laws that prohibit texting and require
hands-free operation at all times.
In Call Options
When a call is in progress, you can display the call
menu on the instrument panel by pressing the top
button on the right side of the steering wheel. Then roll
the right scroll button and choose an option (see
Using
Right Steering Wheel Buttons on page 40). To adjust
the call volume, roll the steering wheel's left scroll
button during a call.
Phone
138 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: When Model S starts, you may hear the sound of
the compressor as the air suspension system’s reservoir
fills with air.
Your Model S is equipped with Adaptive Air Suspension
that oers superior ride quality and allows you to
choose a softer or
firmer ride based on your preference.
When carrying loads, the system also maintains a level
height between the front and rear. You can manually
adjust the ride height to suit your circumstances (for
example, you can raise
Model S when driving at low
speeds when you need extra ground clearance, such as
when driving on a steep driveway or ramp, in deep
snow, over large speed bumps, parking curbs, etc.). You
can also specify a default ride height when driving at
higher speeds.
If a fault is detected that reduces the
performance of the air suspension
system, a yellow indicator lights up on
the instrument panel. If the problem
persists, contact Tesla.
If a fault is detected that disables the air
suspension system, a red indicator lights
up on the instrument panel. Contact
Tesla.
Adjusting Ride Height
CAUTION:
Before adjusting the suspension
height, ensure Model S is clear of all obstacles,
above and below.
You can manually adjust the ride height by pressing the
brake pedal and touching Controls > Suspension on the
touchscreen. The ride height settings that are available
depend on your driving speed and other conditions (for
example, the suspension does not lower if a door is
open). The touchscreen also displays the approximate
ground clearance for each setting. Drag the slider to
choose from these options:
•
VERY HIGH. When set to Very High, the suspension
automatically lowers to the default ride height*
(Standard or Low) after driving approximately
100
feet (30 meters) or when driving speed reaches
15 mph (24 km/h). To maintain the Very High setting
for an unlimited distance until your driving speed
reaches the speed threshold, touch
Keep until 15
mph.
• HIGH. When set to High, the suspension
automatically lowers to the default ride height*
(Standard or Low) after driving approximately
100
feet (30 meters) or when driving speed reaches
35 mph (56 km/h). To maintain the High setting for
an unlimited distance until your driving speed
reaches the speed threshold, touch Keep until 35
mph.
• STANDARD
. The Standard setting ensures optimum
comfort and handling under all loading conditions.
• LOW. Lowering the height can improve
aerodynamics and make it easier to load or unload
cargo and passengers.
*As described in the list above, Model S automatically
adjusts the ride height based on your driving speed. If
the DEFAULT RIDE HEIGHT IS LOW setting is turned
o, the ride height is adjusted between Standard and
Low to balance ride comfort, handling, and range. To
optimize handling and range, turn on the DEFAULT
RIDE HEIGHT IS LOW setting.
CAUTION:
Avoid driving aggressively (hard
accelerations, sharp turns, etc.) when the
suspension is set to High or Very High. Doing so
can cause vibration and increase the possibility of
damage.
Adaptive Suspension Damping
The settings associated with ADAPTIVE SUSPENSION
DAMPING provide real-time adjustments to the
suspension system to optimize both ride and handling.
Choose from:
•
COMFORT: provides a gentler ride for a relaxed
driving experience.
•
AUTO: adjusts to a wide range of roads and driving
styles, providing a fluid yet well controlled ride.
•
SPORT: provides a firmer, more controlled ride that
increases driver engagement and connection to the
road.
•
ADVANCED: Fine tune the suspension by dragging
individual sliders to adjust Ride Comfort and
Handling.
NOTE: Your chosen Adaptive Suspension Damping
settings are saved to your driver profile (see Driver
Profiles on page 37).
Real-time Visualization
The image of your Model S on the Suspension screen
provides a real-time visualization of the status of the air
suspension system. In addition to visually showing
changes to the ride height, it displays Compression and
Rebound lines that
reflect how the suspension system is
controlling the dampers for each wheel based on your
chosen settings and changing road conditions. Both are
controlled simultaneously. Touch
Show Suspension
Data to display detailed information about the dampers
for each wheel, including ride height, compression and
rebound values, and body accelerations.
Air Suspension
139Using the Touchscreen
NOTE: The instrument panel can also display a real-time
visualization of how the suspension system is
dynamically adjusting each wheel’s damping to account
for changing road conditions. To view, hold the
respective steering wheel scroll button briefly until the
available options are displayed. Roll the scroll button to
highlight
Suspension, then tap the scroll button.
Auto-Raising Suspension
Auto-raising suspension saves you from manually
having to raise the suspension every time you arrive at
a frequently-used location where you have previously
raised the suspension. Whenever you raise the
suspension to
HIGH or VERY HIGH, you can touch
Always Auto-Raise at This Location to save the
location. When you return to the saved location,
Model S raises the suspension and the instrument panel
displays a message indicating that the suspension is
being raised.
NOTE: When returning to a saved location and driving
faster than the High and Very High suspension settings
allow, the suspension does not raise until Model S slows
down.
NOTE: After leaving a saved location, the suspension
automatically lowers. However, it may not lower until
you are driving faster than the speed threshold at which
the suspension lowers.
NOTE: If Model S reaches a saved location and the
existing suspension setting is already higher than the
level that has been saved for that location, the ride
height is not adjusted.
To remove an auto-raising location
If you do not want the suspension to auto-raise at a
saved location, touch the X in the auto-raising location
status message that displays at a saved location. Doing
so removes the auto-raise location and the suspension
no longer raises automatically when you arrive at the
location.
Self-Leveling
A Model S equipped with air suspension automatically
self-levels, even when power is o. To prevent damage
when jacking or lifting the vehicle, you must activate
Jack Mode to disable self-leveling (press the brake
pedal and touch
Controls > Service > Jack Mode). For
more details, see Jack Mode on page 175.
Air Suspension
140 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Overview
The Calendar app allows you to view scheduled events
from your phone’s (iPhone
®
or Android™) calendar for
the current and next day. The Calendar is conveniently
integrated with navigation and the Phone app so you
can navigate to, or dial into, your next meeting. The
Calendar app requires that:
• The Tesla mobile app is running, you are logged in,
and the Calendar Sync setting is enabled. The
mobile app can then periodically (and automatically)
send calendar data from your phone to
Model S.
NOTE: To ensure you have access to all features of
the Calendar app, it is recommended that you use
the most recent version of the mobile app.
•
Your phone is connected to Model S via Bluetooth
(for privacy reasons, calendar data displays only
from a connected phone).
•
Mobile access to Model S is turned on (touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Allow Mobile Access).
•
Both your phone and Model S have good
connectivity.
When you enter Model S, the touchscreen can display a
reminder of the day's events. You can customize if and
when your calendar events are displayed by touching
the settings icon located in the top left corner of the
Calendar app, then choosing from one of the options
available for the
Show Calendar Upon Entry setting.
If a calendar event includes an address, a navigation
arrow displays to indicate that you can touch the
address to navigate to the event's location
(if equipped
with Navigation). When an event on your Calendar
takes place within the next hour and has a uniquely
specified address, the touchscreen notifies you if there
is a better route due to trac, even when you’re not
currently using navigation.
If an event has a uniquely specified address and takes
place within two hours of you entering your vehicle and
preparing to drive,
Model S will automatically route you
to the event's address (see Automatic Navigation on
page 130).
Touch an event's information icon to display all notes
associated with the event. If the notes include one or
more phone numbers, the information icon shows a
phone icon and the calendar displays the first phone
number found. Touch to initiate a phone call. You can
also initiate a phone call by touching any number in an
event's notes popup window (this is especially useful
for conference calls). If the notes contain a web link,
you can touch the link to open it in the web browser (if
equipped).
If events are displayed from multiple calendars, touch
the list icon in the top right corner to filter the list of
events to show only those from one or more
specified
calendars.
Calendar
141Using the Touchscreen
About the Security System
If Model S does not detect a key nearby and a locked
door or trunk is opened, an alarm sounds and the
headlights and turn signals
flash. To deactivate the
alarm, press any button on the key.
To manually enable or disable the alarm system, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Security Alarm. When
enabled, Model S activates its alarm one minute after
you exit, the doors lock, and a recognized key is no
longer detected.
If your Model S is equipped with the security package, a
battery-backed siren sounds in situations where a
locked door or trunk is opened and Model S does not
detect a key nearby. If you also want this siren to sound
in situations where
Model S detects motion inside the
cabin, or is moved or tilted (for example, with a tow
truck or jack), turn on the
Tilt/Intrusion setting
(Controls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion).
NOTE: If you plan to leave something that moves inside
your locked Model S, remember to turn o Tilt/
Intrusion (if equipped). If this setting is on, any motion
detected inside Model S activates the intrusion alarm.
NOTE: Note: If Model S is in Sentry Mode (see Sentry
Mode on page 142), you must disable Sentry Mode
before you can disable the Security alarm or the Tilt/
Intrusion alarm.
NOTE: The Security Alarm must be on to enable Tilt/
Intrusion.
NOTE: The Intrusion Sensor automatically disables in
situations where the climate control system is operating
when you have left your vehicle (see Keep Climate On,
Dog Mode, and Camp Mode on page 127). To override,
you can manually turn the Intrusion Sensor on again
after choosing Keep Climate On, Dog, or Camp Mode
(touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion).
If your Model S is equipped with the Enhanced Anti-
Theft upgrade, the horn sounds in situations where a
locked door or trunk is opened and Model S does not
detect a key nearby. If the Tilt/Intrusion setting is on,
the horn also sounds if
Model S detects motion inside
the cabin, or if the vehicle is moved or tilted (for
example, with a tow truck or jack). To turn the Tilt/
Intrusion detection system on or o, touch Controls >
Safety & Security > Tilt/Intrusion.
PIN to Drive
To increase security, you can prevent Model S from
being driven until a 4-digit PIN (Personal Identification
Number) is entered. To enable this setting, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > PIN to Drive and follow
the on-screen prompts to create a driving PIN.
NOTE:
When enabled, in addition to entering the 4-
digit driving PIN to drive, you must also use it to enter
Valet mode for the first time and create the 4-digit
valet PIN that you can use to enter and exit Valet mode.
When in Valet mode, Model S can be driven without the
need for the valet to enter a driving PIN. In addition, the
PIN to Drive setting is disabled whenever Valet mode is
active.
If you forget your driving PIN, or to disable PIN to
Drive, return to this setting, touch the link to enter your
Tesla login credentials, then follow the on-screen
prompts.
NOTE: In the unlikely event that your touchscreen is
unresponsive, you may be unable to enter the PIN. In
this case,
first try to restart the touchscreen (see
Restarting the Touchscreen on page 44). If the
touchscreen is still unresponsive, you can still bypass
PIN to Drive by turning on Keyless Driving in the Tesla
mobile app.
Glovebox PIN
For additional security, you can protect the contents in
your glovebox with a 4-digit PIN (Personal
Identification Number). To enable this setting, touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Glovebox PIN and follow
the on-screen prompts. When enabled, you are
prompted to enter the PIN to open the glovebox. To
disable this setting, return to
Safety & Security, select
the toggle to disable and then enter the PIN.
If you forget your glovebox PIN, reset it by entering
your Tesla login credentials, then follow the on-screen
prompts.
NOTE: When you open the glovebox with both
Glovebox PIN and Valet mode enabled, you are
prompted for the glovebox PIN and taken out of Valet
mode after the glovebox opens.
Sentry Mode
In Sentry Mode, cameras and sensors remain powered
on and ready to record suspicious activity whenever
Model S is locked and in Park.
To turn Sentry Mode on or o, touch the Sentry Mode
icon at the top of your touchscreen. Alternatively, you
can use voice commands, the mobile app, or you can
touch
Controls > Safety & Security > Sentry Mode. To
activate Sentry Mode using voice commands, say "Keep
Tesla safe", "Keep my car safe", "Sentry on", or "Enable
Sentry" (for details using voice commands, see Using
Voice Commands on page 40).
NOTE: Sentry Mode requires the Battery to be at least
20% charged. If the Battery falls below 20%, Sentry
Mode turns
o and the mobile app sends you a
notification.
Security Settings
142 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
NOTE: Power consumption may increase when Sentry
Mode is active.
NOTE: Software updates cannot be installed when
Sentry Mode is activated.
CAUTION: Do not rely on Sentry Mode to protect
Model S from all possible security threats. While it
may help deter some threats, no security system
can prevent all attacks.
CAUTION: Sentry Mode may not trigger the
security alarm in all situations involving damage to
the vehicle. The security alarm depends upon
multiple factors to be triggered and may not
detect all impacts to the vehicle or may not trigger
the alarm in all cases.
Standby, Alert, and Alarm States
When in Sentry Mode, Model S may go through three
states depending on its surroundings—Standby, Alert,
and Alarm:
•
Standby - Your vehicle automatically enters the
Standby state when you activate Sentry Mode. In the
Standby state, the cameras constantly monitor the
area surrounding Model S for possible security
threats.
•
Alert - If Sentry Mode detects a threat, such as
someone leaning on, or very close to, Model S, Sentry
Mode switches to the Alert state. The headlights
briefly turn on and back o again, and the
touchscreen displays a message indicating that
cameras are recording the event.
•
Alarm - For major threats, Sentry Mode triggers the
Alarm state. In the Alarm state, the security alarm
activates and the audio system generates a loud and
unexpected sound. Sentry mode sends an alert to the
mobile app on phones that are paired to
Model S to
inform you that the alarm state is triggered. After 30
seconds, Sentry Mode returns to the Standby state.
When in the Alert or Alarm state, Sentry Mode saves the
most recent ten minutes of footage prior to the event
that triggered either state, provided that a properly
configured USB flash drive is inserted into one of the
USB ports. For details on how to configure a flash drive,
see USB Flash Drive Requirements for Videos and
Recording on page 144.
NOTE: When the Alarm state is triggered, the most
recent six seconds prior to the security event may be
sent to Tesla for temporary backup for approximately 72
hours. You can enable or disable the collection of this
video at any time by touching
Controls > Safety &
Security > Data Sharing.
NOTE: Sentry Mode can operate without a flash drive
installed. If your vehicle enters the Alarm state, the
security alarm activates and Sentry Mode sends an alert
to your phone. However, video recordings of the event
are not available.
Location-Based Settings
You can customize Sentry Mode to automatically
activate at specific locations where you park Model S:
• Exclude Home - When on, Sentry Mode does not
automatically activate at the location you set as
Home in your Favorites list (see
Recent, Favorite,
Home and Work Destinations on page 132), but
activates at any other parking location.
NOTE: To set up your Home location, touch Navigate
and hold down Home, then enter your address. Touch
Save as Home.
•
Exclude Work- When on, Sentry Mode does not
automatically activate at the location you set as Work
in your Favorites list, but activates at any other
parking location. Set your Work location the same
way you set up your Home location, as previously
described.
•
Exclude Favorites- When on, Sentry Mode does not
automatically activate at any location in your
Favorites list, but activates at any other parking
location.
To recognize a location listed as Home, Work, or a
Favorite, Sentry Mode requires that Model S is parked
within 32 feet (10 meters) of the location listed as a
Home, Work, or Favorite.
NOTE: Manually enabling or disabling Sentry Mode using
the icon on the touchscreen or controls in the mobile
app will override your home, work, and favorite exclusion
preferences until the next time you drive your vehicle.
Retrieving Footage
If equipped, you can review Dashcam and Sentry Mode
video recordings on your vehicle's touchscreen when
Model S is in Park. Touch the Dashcam icon on the
touchscreen's status bar and select Launch Viewer. Each
video, organized by location and timestamp, provides a
thumbnail of all video clips. For additional
filtering,
touch the Dashcam or Sentry tabs. Touch a thumbnail to
view the corresponding video footage from each
camera. Pause, rewind, fast forward, and delete video
footage as needed.
You can retrieve video footage from the USB flash drive
by removing the flash drive from the USB port and using
a personal computer or other device to access the
files.
Navigate to the TeslaCam folder.
The TeslaCam folder contains three sub-folders:
•
Recent Clips - The footage in Recent Clips
continuously loops in 60-minute cycles whenever the
cameras are activated. Therefore, footage is
overwritten every hour unless you save it. When an
event is recorded, one video is recorded for each of
Security Settings
143Using the Touchscreen
About HomeLink
If your vehicle is equipped with the HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver, you can operate up to three Radio
Frequency (RF) devices, including garage doors, gates,
lights, and security systems.
NOTE: Depending on date of manufacture, market
region, and options selected at time of purchase, some
vehicles are not equipped with a HomeLink Universal
Transceiver.
WARNING: Do not use the HomeLink Universal
Transceiver with a device that does not have safety
stop and reverse features. Using a device without
these safety features increases the risk of injury or
death.
Supported Modes
HomeLink supports three dierent transmit modes,
which is how your vehicle and the RF device
communicate. Selecting a transmit mode is determined
by your RF device's compatibility:
•
Standard Mode: Use Standard Mode if your RF device
is equipped with a remote and the remote must be
used to operate the device (for example, a remote-
controlled garage door). This is the most common
mode used with devices.
•
D-Mode or UR-Mode: Use D-Mode or UR-Mode if the
RF device does not have a remote, and the receiver
has a "Learn" button (may also be called "Program"
or "Smart"). D-Mode and UR-Mode function similarly
because the vehicle directly communicates with the
device's receiver, so you don't have to pair a remote.
NOTE: D-Mode is used mainly in North America while
UR-Mode is popular in Europe, the Middle East, and
Asia. To determine with which mode your device is
compatible, contact HomeLink (www.homelink.com
or call 1-800-355-3515).
Each of your devices can be set to a dierent mode. For
example, your garage door can be set to Standard
Mode, your front gate can be set to D-Mode, etc. To
change a transmit mode, touch the HomeLink icon on
the touchscreen's status bar and select the device you
want to change. Then, select
Program and choose the
desired mode for your device. Confirm by touching Set
Mode and follow the onscreen instructions.
For older vehicles, changing the mode for one device
changes the mode for all devices, so be careful when
changing transmit modes. Devices not compatible with
your selected mode may not work. Touch the HomeLink
icon on the touchscreen's status bar and touch
Change
Transmit Mode.
NOTE: Check the product information for your garage
door, gate, light, etc. to determine which mode is
compatible with your device.
Programming HomeLink
To program HomeLink® (if equipped):
1.
Park Model S so that the front bumper is in front of
the garage door, gate, or light you want to program.
CAUTION: Your device might open or close
during programming. Before programming,
make sure that the device is clear of any people
or objects.
2.
Get the device's remote control and ensure it has a
healthy battery. Tesla recommends replacing the
battery in the device's remote control before
Programming HomeLink.
3.
Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the
touchscreen.
4. Touch Create HomeLink, then select which mode you
wish to use: Standard, D-Mode, or UR-Mode.
5.
Use the touchscreen to enter a name for your device
and touch
Enter or Create HomeLink.
6.
Touch Start then follow the onscreen instructions.
NOTE: If you see a screen called “Train the receiver”
while programming the device, remember that this is
a time-sensitive step. After pressing the Learn/
Program/Smart button on the device's remote, you
only have approximately 30 seconds to return to your
vehicle, press
Continue, and then press the trained
HomeLink device name twice. Consider having an
assistant help with this step.
7.
Once your device is programmed, touch Save to
complete the HomeLink programming routine.
8.
Ensure HomeLink works as expected. In some cases
the programming process may require multiple
attempts before succeeding.
Once programmed, you can operate the device by
touching its corresponding HomeLink icon on the
touchscreen's status bar. HomeLink remembers the
location of your programmed devices. When you
approach a known location, the HomeLink control on the
touchscreen automatically drops down. When you drive
away, it disappears.
NOTE: For additional assistance or compatibility
questions, contact HomeLink (
www.homelink.com or call
1-800-355-3515).
Auto Opening and Closing
To operate a HomeLink device without touching the
touchscreen, you can automate the device to open as
you approach, and close as you drive away:
1.
Touch the HomeLink icon at the top of the
touchscreen and choose the device you want to
automate.
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
146 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
2. Select the Auto-open when arriving checkbox if you
want the device to open as you approach.
3. Touch the arrows to specify the distance you want
your vehicle to be from the device before it opens.
4. Select the Auto-close when leaving checkbox if you
want the device to close as you drive away.
As you approach (or drive away from) a device that is
set to operate automatically, the HomeLink status icon
displays a count-down message to let you know when
the device will automatically open or close. In situations
where you don't want the device to automatically open
or close, touch
Skip Auto-Open or Skip Auto-Close at
any time during the count-down message.
Resetting the Location of the
HomeLink Device
If you experience situations in which you sometimes
drive up to your HomeLink device and it doesn't open,
or the HomeLink icon on the touchscreen's status bar
does not display the dropdown when you approach the
device, you may need to reset the device's location. To
do so, park as close as possible to the HomeLink device
(garage door, gate, etc.) and display the HomeLink
settings page by touching the HomeLink icon at the top
of the touchscreen. Touch the name of the device you
want to reset, then Reset Location.
Deleting a Device
To delete a HomeLink device, touch the HomeLink icon
at the top of the touchscreen. Touch the name of the
device you want to delete, then touch Delete.
NOTE: You can also perform a factory reset to erase
your HomeLink settings, along with all other personal
data (saved addresses, music favorites, imported
contacts, etc.). See
Erasing Personal Data on page 123.
NOTE: For security reasons, delete your HomeLink
devices if you sell your Model S.
Troubleshooting HomeLink
Standard Mode
In Standard Mode, Model S records the signal from the
remote of your RF device. The touchscreen instructs you
to stand in front of the vehicle, point the remote at the
front bumper, and press and hold the button until the
headlights
flash. When the headlights flash, Model S has
learned the remote and you can touch Continue on the
touchscreen. If the headlights do not flash, refer to the
following guidelines:
• Check the batteries in the remote. It is a good idea to
replace the batteries before you start programming.
• While standing in front of your vehicle, press and
hold the button on your device's remote, with the
remote approximately
2 inches (5 cm) in front of the
Tesla emblem. In some cases you must hold the
button on the remote for up to three minutes.
•
Certain garage door remotes may require multiple
short remote presses (approximately 1 second each
press) instead of one long duration press.
D-Mode and UR-Mode
In D Mode and UR-Mode, the device’s receiver learns
Model S. The touchscreen instructs you to press the
"Learn" button (may also be called "Program" or
"Smart") on the device's receiver. If this does not work,
refer to the following guidelines:
• Park Model S with its bumper as close as possible to
the garage door, gate, etc. that you are trying to
program.
•
Make sure you are pressing the receiver's Learn/
Program/Smart button. For instructions on how to
put the receiver into learning mode, refer to the
product details provided with your RF device that
you are trying to program.
•
If you see a screen called "Train the receiver" while
programming the device, remember that this is a
time-sensitive step. After pressing the Learn/
Program/Smart button on the device's remote or
receiver, you only have approximately 30 seconds to
return to your vehicle, press
Continue, then press the
trained HomeLink device name twice. Consider
having someone assist you with this step.
•
Most devices stay in learning mode for only three to
five minutes. Immediately after pressing the device's
Learn/Program/Smart button, follow the instructions
displayed on the vehicle's touchscreen.
For additional assistance or compatibility questions,
contact HomeLink (www.homelink.com or call
1-800-355-3515).
HomeLink Universal Transceiver
147Using the Touchscreen
Wi-Fi is available as a data connection method and is
often faster than cellular data networks. Connecting to
Wi-Fi is especially useful in areas with limited or no
cellular connectivity. To ensure fast, reliable delivery of
software and map updates, Tesla recommends leaving
your vehicle connected to a Wi-Fi network whenever
possible (for example, if parked in your garage
overnight).
To connect to a Wi-Fi network:
1. Touch the cellular icon (usually LTE or 3G) on the top
corner of your touchscreen.
Model S will start
scanning and display the detected Wi-Fi networks
that are within range.
2.
Select the Wi-Fi network you want to use, enter the
password (if necessary), then touch
Confirm.
3. Your vehicle connects to the Wi-Fi network and will
automatically connect to it whenever the network is
within range.
You can also connect to a hidden network that isn't
shown on the list of scanned networks. Just touch Wi-Fi
Settings, enter the name of the network in the resulting
dialog box, select the security setting, then touch Add
Network.
NOTE: If more than one previously connected network is
within range, Model S connects to the one most recently
used.
NOTE: You can also use a mobile hotspot or your
phone's Internet connection via Wi-Fi tethering (subject
to fees and restrictions of your mobile carrier).
NOTE: At Tesla Service Centers, Model S automatically
connects to the Tesla Service Wi-Fi network.
Connecting to Wi-Fi
148 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
The Tesla mobile app allows you to communicate with
Model S remotely using your iPhone® or Android™
phone.
To use the mobile app
To set up the Tesla mobile app to communicate with
your
Model S:
1.
Download the Tesla mobile app to your phone.
2. Log in to the Tesla mobile app by entering your Tesla
account credentials.
3. Enable mobile access to your Model S by touching
Controls > Safety & Security > Mobile Access
(see Controls on page 118).
Your smartphone and vehicle must both be actively
connected to cellular service to allow the mobile app to
communicate with your vehicle. Tesla recommends that
you always have a functional physical key readily
available if parking in an area with limited or absent
cellular service, such as an indoor parking garage.
If multiple vehicles are linked to the Tesla Account, you
must switch to the
Model S you want to access in the
mobile app before the phone can be used as a key.
Swipe left or right to change vehicles.
NOTE: In the event that you require lockout assistance
from Tesla due to a non-warranty issue, such as having
limited cellular connectivity and having no secondary
key available, your expenses are not covered under the
Roadside Assistance policy.
NOTE: Tesla does not support the use of third party
applications to contact Model S.
Overview
The Tesla mobile app's home screen allows you to:
•
See the name of your vehicle (if you have one)
•
View your vehicle’s estimated range.
•
See which gear the vehicle is in (driving, park, etc.).
•
Enable maximum defrost to warm your vehicle in
cold conditions.
•
Enable keyless driving.
•
Open the front trunk.
• Lock or unlock your vehicle.
• At the bottom, view your vehicle’s odometer, VIN,
and
firmware version it is currently running.
For supported video sources, send videos to play in the
Tesla Theater by sharing the link through the mobile
app. Navigate to the movie, show, or video you want to
play on your smartphone and touch the share button.
Share the video with the Tesla app and it will appear on
your vehicle's touchscreen if
Model S is in Park.
Climate
Check the interior temperature and heat or cool the
cabin before driving (even if it’s in a garage). You can
also turn the seat heaters on (see
Seat Heaters on page
24) and defrost the windshield by touching the
windshield defrost icon at the bottom.
Turn Climate On: This allows you to precondition the
cabin to your desired temperature and turn on or o
the steering wheel and seat heaters.
Defrost helps to melt snow, ice, and frost on the
windshield, driver and passenger windows, mirrors.
Using the mobile app to precondition Model S also
warms the Battery as needed.
NOTE: In extremely cold weather or icy conditions, it is
possible that your charge port latch may freeze in
place. In cases where you cannot remove or insert the
charge cable, or the vehicle is not Supercharging due to
the latch being frozen in place, use your Tesla mobile
app to precondition your vehicle on
HI for
approximately 30-45 minutes (you must use your
mobile app to precondition the vehicle; setting your
climate to
HI using the touchscreen will not be
eective). This can help thaw ice on the charge port
latch so the charge cable can be removed or inserted.
Controls
The Controls tab allows you do the following:
•
Vent the windows.
•
Vent or close the sunroof.
•
Lock or unlock Model S from afar.
•
Flash the lights or honk the horn to find where
Model S is parked.
•
Enable Keyless Driving.
NOTE: Keyless Driving can be used when you do not
have your key or to bypass PIN to Drive in cases
where you forgot your PIN or your touchscreen is
unresponsive (see PIN to Drive on page 142).
•
Open the front or rear trunk.
•
Open and close your garage door if your vehicle has
a programmed HomeLink connection, if available
(see HomeLink Universal Transceiver on page 146).
•
Enable or disable valet mode (see Valet Mode on
page 38).
• Enable/disable Sentry Mode (see Sentry Mode on
page 142).
• Enable/disable Speed Limit Mode and receive
notifications when the vehicle's driving speed is
within approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) of your
selected maximum speed (see Speed Limit Mode on
page 123).
Mobile App
151Using the Touchscreen
Charging
Check charging progress, stop charging, and receive
notifications when charging is started, interrupted,
almost complete, or complete. You can also view
nearby chargers and send the directions to your
vehicle's touchscreen.
NOTE: When Supercharging, additional notifications
alert you when you will be charged idle fees for parking
at a supercharger after charging is complete. The idle
fees are waived if your vehicle is moved within
five
minutes of when the vehicle finishes charging. See
Supercharger Usage Fees and Idle Fees on page 160.
Location
Locate Model S with directions, or track its movement
across a map.
Summon
You can park or retrieve Model S using Summon (see
Summon on page 104) or Smart Summon (see Smart
Summon on page 107) , if equipped.
Upgrades
View and purchase the latest upgrades available for
your vehicle, such as full self-driving.
Schedule Service
Scheduling a service visit through the mobile app is
easy. After touching Schedule Service, select the type
of service needed and follow the directions in the
mobile app. Provide as much detail as possible, such as:
•
Photos, sound recordings, or videos.
•
Date(s), time(s), and time zone when the issue
occurred.
•
Country of use and location.
•
Approximate speed the vehicle was traveling (if
applicable).
•
Environmental conditions (rain, snow, cold, etc.).
•
Road name and type of road (if applicable).
•
Quality of lane markings (if applicable).
• Applicable vehicle settings.
• Identifiable symptoms.
Settings
In this settings tab located at the top corner of your
smartphone’s screen (shown as a gear icon), you can:
•
Switch to a
dierent vehicle associated with your
Tesla account, if you have access to more than one.
• Access the Tesla inbox.
• View Notifications and customize the notifications
you receive, such as when your security alarm has
been triggered, charging updates, and new software
updates. You can start them from afar and check its
progress.
• Enable or disable Touch ID.
•
Support the Model S Calendar app on the
touchscreen by allowing the mobile app to send
your phone’s calendar data to your vehicle.
NOTE: Some of these features require installation of the
latest version of the mobile app.
NOTE: The above list may not represent an exhaustive
list of the functions available on the Tesla mobile app.
To ensure access to new and improved features,
download updated versions of the mobile app as they
become available.
Granting Mobile App Access to a
Second User
It's easy to grant mobile app access to a second user of
your vehicle (such as a family member or friend). Log
into your Tesla account and navigate to Account >
Personal Information > Contact > Add Additional
Contact. Add the secondary user's contact information.
If the secondary user already has a Tesla account, use
the email address associated with their existing Tesla
account. They can then access your Model S from the
mobile app. If they do not have a Tesla account, a
welcome email will be sent to their registered email
address. Once the account is created, they can access
your vehicle from the mobile app. With mobile app
access, secondary users can view and control your
vehicle's settings remotely.
To remove access, delete the contact information of the
second user.
NOTE: Granting mobile app access to a secondary user
allows them to view and control everything your mobile
app can control.
NOTE: Tesla currently does not support the addition of
third or fourth users.
Mobile App
152 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
High Voltage Components
1.
Front Motor (All-Wheel Drive vehicles only)
2.
Air Conditioning Compressor
3.
Battery Coolant Heater
4.
Forward Junction Box
5.
High Voltage Cabling
6.
On-board Charger
7.
DC-DC Converter
8.
Cabin Heater
9.
High Voltage Battery
10.
Charge Port
11. Rear Motor
WARNING:
The high voltage system has no user serviceable parts. Do not disassemble, remove or replace high
voltage components, cables or connectors. High voltage cables are typically colored orange for easy
identification.
WARNING:
Read and follow all instructions provided on the labels that are attached to Model S. These labels
are there for your safety.
WARNING:
In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately contact your local fire emergency responders.
Electric Vehicle Components
153Charging
Charging Equipment
Charging equipment designed specifically to charge
your
Model S is available from Tesla. A Tesla Wall
Connector, which installs in your garage, is the fastest
way to charge
Model S at home.
In most market regions, Model S is equipped with a
Mobile Connector and the adapter(s) needed to plug
into the most commonly used power outlets. When
using the Mobile Connector,
first plug the Mobile
Connector into the power outlet, and then plug in
Model S. For more information about your Mobile
Connector, see the Mobile Connector Owner’s Manual
(available on the touchscreen). Additional adapters can
be purchased from Tesla.
Tesla oers adapters (for example, J1772, CHAdeMO,
and Combined Charging System (CCS) to allow you to
plug into the most commonly used public charging
stations in your region. Open the charge port door using
the touchscreen (see
Charging Instructions on page
156), plug the adapter into the charging port on
Model S, and then connect the station's charging
connector to the adapter. For information on the
charging equipment available for your region, go to
www.tesla.com, choose your region, and then view the
available charging options.
More details on public charging station adapters is
available at https://www.tesla.com/chademo.
Electric Vehicle Components
154 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Opening the Charge Port
The charge port is located on the left side of Model S,
behind a door that is part of the rear tail light assembly.
Before charging, park
Model S to ensure that the charge
cable easily reaches the charge port.
With Model S unlocked (or a recognized key is within
range) and in Park, press and release the button on the
Tesla charge cable to open the charge port door.
NOTE: If the charge cable is in range of the charge port
door, you can press the button on the charge cable to
open the charge port door even when Model S is locked
or a recognized key is not in range.
You can also open the charge port door using any of
these methods:
•
On the touchscreen, use the app launcher to open
the Charging app, then touch Open Charge Port.
•
On the Model S touchscreen, touch Controls > Quick
Controls then touch the charging icon.
•
Press the charge port door when Model S is unlocked
or a recognized key is nearby.
•
On the key, hold down the rear trunk button for 1-2
seconds.
NOTE: The following image is provided for
demonstration purposes only. Depending on market
region, your charge port may be slightly dierent.
NOTE:
The charge port lights up white when you open
the charge port door. If you do not insert a charge cable
into the charge port within a few minutes after opening
the charge port door, the charge port door closes. If this
happens, use the touchscreen to open the charge port
door again.
NOTE: In extremely cold weather or icy conditions, it is
possible that your charge port latch may freeze in place.
In cases where you cannot remove or insert the charge
cable, or the vehicle is not Supercharging due to the
latch being frozen in place, use your Tesla mobile app to
precondition your vehicle on
HI for approximately 30-45
minutes (you must use your mobile app to precondition
the vehicle; setting your climate to
HI using the
touchscreen will not be eective). This can help thaw ice
on the charge port latch so the charge cable can be
removed or inserted.
CAUTION:
Do not try to force the charge port
door open.
Plugging In
If desired, use the touchscreen to change the charge
limit and the charging current (see Changing Charge
Settings on page 158).
To charge at a public charging station, plug the
appropriate adapter into the vehicle's charging port, and
then connect the station's charging connector to the
adapter. The most commonly used adapter(s) for each
market region are provided. Depending on the charging
equipment you are using, you may need to start and
stop charging using a control on the charging
equipment.
If you are using the Mobile Connector, plug it into the
power outlet before plugging it into Model S.
Align the connector to the charge port and insert fully.
When the connector is properly inserted, charging
begins automatically after Model S:
•
Engages a latch that holds the connector in place;
•
Shifts into Park (if it was in any other gear);
•
Heats or cools the Battery, if needed. If the Battery
requires heating or cooling, you may notice a delay
before charging begins.
NOTE: Whenever Model S is plugged in but not actively
charging, it draws energy from the wall outlet instead of
using energy stored in the Battery. For example, if you
are sitting in
Model S and using the touchscreen while
parked and plugged in, Model S draws energy from the
wall outlet instead of the Battery.
CAUTION:
The connector end of the charge cable
can damage the paint if dropped onto the vehicle.
Charging Instructions
156 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
During Charging
During charging, the charge port light pulses green, and
the
instrument panel displays the charging status. The
frequency at which the charge port light pulses slows
down as the charge level approaches full. When
charging is complete, the light stops pulsing and is solid
green.
NOTE: If Model S is locked, the charge port light does
not light up.
If the charge port light turns red while charging, a fault
is detected. Check the
instrument panel or touchscreen
for a message describing the fault. A fault can occur due
to something as common as a power outage. If a power
outage occurs, charging resumes automatically when
power is restored.
NOTE: When charging, particularly at high currents, the
refrigerant compressor and fan operate as needed to
keep the Battery cool. Therefore, it is normal to hear
sounds during charging.
NOTE: Air conditioning performance is generally not
aected by charging. However, under certain
circumstances (for example, you are charging at high
currents during a particularly warm day), the air coming
from the vents may not be as cool as expected and a
message displays on the
instrument panel. This is normal
behavior and ensures that the Battery stays within an
optimum temperature range while charging to support
longevity and optimum performance.
WARNING:
Never spray liquid at a high velocity
(for example, if using a pressure washer) towards
the charge port while charging. Failure to follow
these instructions can result in serious injury or
damage to the vehicle, charging equipment, or
property.
Stopping Charging
Stop charging at any time by disconnecting the charge
cable or touching Stop Charging on the touchscreen.
NOTE: To prevent unauthorized unplugging of the
charge cable, the charge cable latch remains locked and
Model S must be unlocked or able to recognize your key
before you can disconnect the charge cable.
To disconnect the charge cable using a connector:
1. Press and hold the button on the connector handle to
release the latch. Alternatively, unlock the vehicle by
opening a door, using a key fob, or touching
Stop
Charging on the touchscreen. These methods unlock
the charge port as well.
2. Pull the connector from the charge port.
3.
Push the charge port door closed.
To disconnect the charge cable using an adapter at a
public charge station:
1. Ensure that
Model S is unlocked.
2. While holding the public charging handle in one hand
and the adapter in the other hand, press and hold the
button on the public charging handle and pull both
outwards, removing the handle and adapter at the
same time.
NOTE: If the charging station handle separates from
the adapter, leaving the adapter in Model S, use the
touchscreen to unlock the charge port (touch the
charging icon on the overhead view of the vehicle).
3.
Press and hold the charging handle button again to
release the adapter from the charging handle.
NOTE: If Model S is equipped with a motorized charge
port door, it automatically closes shortly after you
remove the charge cable.
CAUTION:
Tesla strongly recommends leaving
Model S plugged in when not in use. This maintains
the Battery at the optimum level of charge.
Manually Releasing Charge Cable
If the usual methods for releasing a charge cable from
the charge port (using the charge handle release button,
touchscreen, or mobile app) do not work, carefully
follow these steps:
1.
Ensure that Model S is not actively charging by
displaying the charging screen on the touchscreen. If
necessary, touch
Stop Charging.
2.
Open the rear trunk.
3.
Open the flap on the left side of the trunk side trim.
4.
Press and hold the charge port's manual release lever
towards the front of the vehicle to unlatch the charge
cable.
Charging Instructions
157Charging
1. Charging status information. For example, when
Model S is charging, it displays the time remaining
until fully charged at the currently selected charge
level. When a charging session is scheduled, it
displays when charging starts.
2.
Total estimated driving distance (or energy)
available. To choose between displaying distance or
energy percentage, touch Controls > Display >
Energy Display.
NOTE: A portion of the battery image may appear
blue. This indicates that a small portion of the
energy stored in the battery is not available because
the battery is cold. This is normal and no reason for
concern. When the battery warms up, the blue
portion no longer displays.
3. Charging rate per hour.
NOTE: If Model S is charging and detects unexpected
fluctuations in input power, the charging current is
automatically reduced by 25%. For example, a 40 amp
current is reduced to 30 amps. This automatic current
reduction increases robustness and safety in situations
when an external problem exists (for example, a home
wiring system, receptacle, adapter or cord is unable to
meet its rated current capacity). As a precaution, when
Model S automatically reduces current, it saves the
reduced current at the charging location. Although you
can manually increase it, Tesla recommends charging at
the lower current until the underlying problem is
resolved and the charging location can provide
consistent power.
Supercharger Usage Fees and Idle
Fees
When charging using a Tesla supercharger,
SUPERCHARGING information displays at the bottom
of the charging screen. This information includes the
location, the time that charging started, and an
estimate of how much the session will cost. When you
stop supercharging, the estimated cost of that session
displays until a new supercharging session begins.
If
free charging is applicable, the estimated cost displays
as zero.
NOTE: Estimated pricing is displayed for your
convenience only and may not reflect the actual final
price you will be charged for that supercharging
session. Final pricing for supercharging sessions can be
found in your Tesla Account.
When charging at a Tesla supercharger, you are subject
to idle fees. Idle fees are designed to encourage drivers
to move their vehicle from the Supercharger when
charging is complete. Idle fees are in
eect only when
half or more of the Superchargers at a site are
occupied. The Tesla mobile app
notifies you when
charging nears completion, and again when charging is
complete. Additional
notifications are sent if idle fees
are incurred. Idle fees are waived if you move your
vehicle within
five minutes of charging completion.
Log into your Tesla Account to view fees and details
about Supercharger sessions, track the remaining
balance of free credits, set up a payment method, and
make payments. Once a payment method is saved, fees
are automatically paid from your account.
Charging Instructions
160 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Service Intervals
Your vehicle should generally be serviced on an as-
needed basis. However, Tesla recommends the following
maintenance items and intervals, as applicable to your
vehicle, to ensure continued reliability and eciency of
your Model S.
• Brake fluid health check every 2 years (replace if
necessary).
•
A/C desiccant bag replacement every 2 years
• Cabin air filter replacement every 2 years
• HEPA filter replacement every 3 years
• Clean and lubricate brake calipers every year or
12,500 miles (20,000 km) if in an area where roads
are salted during winter
• Rotate tires every 6,250 miles (10,000 km) or if tread
depth dierence is 2/32 in (1.5 mm) or greater,
whichever comes first
NOTE: The above intervals are based on normal driving
behaviors and scenarios. Additionally, the above list
should not be considered comprehensive and does not
include consumable parts such as windshield wipers,
brake pads, etc.
NOTE: Damages or failures caused by maintenance or
repairs performed by non-Tesla certified technicians are
not covered by the warranty.
Daily Checks
•
Check the Battery’s charge level, displayed on the
instrument panel or mobile app.
•
Check the condition and pressure of each tire (see
Tire Care and Maintenance on page 163).
•
Check that all exterior lights, horn, turn signals, and
wipers and washers are working.
•
Check for any unexpected indicator lights or vehicle
alerts on the touchscreen or instrument panel.
•
Check the operation of the brakes, including the
parking brake.
•
Check the operation of the seat belts (see Seat Belts
on page 25).
• Look for abnormal fluid deposits underneath Model S
that might indicate a leak. It is normal for a small pool
of water to form (caused by the air conditioning
system’s dehumidifying process).
• Look around the exterior of Model S and immediately
remove any corrosive substances (such as bird
droppings, tree resin, tar spots, dead insects,
industrial fallout, etc.) to prevent damage to the paint
(see
Cleaning on page 168).
Monthly Checks
• Check windshield washer fluid level and top up if
necessary (see
Topping Up Windshield Washer Fluid
on page 173).
• Check that the air conditioning system is operating
correctly (see Climate Controls on page 124).
NOTE: In addition to cooling the interior, the air
conditioning compressor also cools the Battery.
Therefore, in hot weather, the air conditioning
compressor can turn on even if you turned it o. This is
normal because the system’s priority is to cool the
Battery to ensure it stays within an optimum
temperature range to support longevity and optimum
performance. Also, even when not in use, you may hear
Model S emit a whining noise or the sound of water
circulating. These sounds are normal and occur when
the internal cooling systems turn on to support various
vehicle functions, such as maintaining the 12V battery
and balancing the temperature of the high voltage
Battery.
WARNING:
Contact Tesla immediately if you notice
any significant or sudden drop in fluid levels or
uneven tire wear.
Fluid Replacement Intervals
Your Battery coolant does not need to be replaced for
the life of your vehicle under most circumstances. Brake
fluid should be checked every 2 years, replacing if
necessary.
NOTE: Any damage caused by opening the Battery
coolant reservoir is excluded from the warranty.
High Voltage Safety
Your Model S has been designed and built with safety as
a priority. However, be aware of these precautions to
protect yourself from the risk of injury inherent in all
high-voltage systems:
•
Read and follow all instructions provided on the
labels that are attached to
Model S. These labels are
there for your safety.
• The high voltage system has no user-serviceable
parts. Do not disassemble, remove or replace high
voltage components, cables or connectors. High
voltage cables are colored orange for easy
identification.
• If a collision occurs, do not touch any high voltage
wiring, connectors, or components connected to the
wiring.
•
In the unlikely event that a fire occurs, immediately
contact your local fire emergency responders.
Maintenance Schedule
161Maintenance
Maintaining Tire Pressures
Keep tires inflated to the pressures shown on the Tire
and Loading Information label, even if it
diers from the
pressure printed on the tire itself. The Tire and Loading
Information label is located on the center door pillar
and is visible when the front door is open.
The Tire Pressure indicator light on the
instrument panel alerts you if one or
more tires is under- or over-inflated.
The Tire Pressure indicator light does not immediately
turn o when you adjust tire pressure. After inflating
the tire to the recommended pressure, you must drive
over
15 mph (25 km/h) for more than 10 minutes to
activate the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS),
which turns o the Tire Pressure indicator light.
If the indicator light flashes for one minute whenever
you power on Model S, a fault with the TPMS is
detected (see TPMS Malfunction on page 166).
On newer vehicles, you can display tire pressures on the
instrument panel by choosing to display Car Status
using the right or left steering wheel buttons (see Using
Left Steering Wheel Buttons on page 39 or Using Right
Steering Wheel Buttons on page 40). You can also
choose whether you want to display tire pressures
using BAR or PSI by touching
Controls > Display > Tire
Pressure.
WARNING:
Under-inflation is the most common
cause of tire failures and can cause a tire to
overheat, resulting in severe tire cracking, tread
separation, or blowout, which causes unexpected
loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury.
Under-inflation also reduces the vehicle's range
and tire tread life.
WARNING:
Check tire pressures using an accurate
pressure gauge when tires are cold. It takes only
about one mile (1.6 km) of driving to warm up the
tires suciently to aect tire pressures. Parking
the vehicle in direct sunlight or in hot weather can
also aect tire pressures. If you must check warm
tires, expect increased pressures. Do not let air
out of warm tires in an attempt to match
recommended cold tire pressures. A hot tire at or
below the recommended cold tire inflation
pressure is dangerously under-inflated.
WARNING:
Do not use any tire sealant other than
the type provided in a Tesla tire repair kit. Other
types can cause tire pressure sensors to
malfunction. If your Model S did not include a tire
repair kit, you can purchase one from Tesla.
Checking and Adjusting Tire Pressures
Follow these steps when tires are cold and Model S has
been stationary for over three hours:
1.
Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label
located on the driver’s center door pillar for the
target tire pressure.
2.
Remove the valve cap.
3.
Firmly press an accurate tire pressure gauge onto
the valve to measure pressure.
4.
If required, add or remove air to reach the
recommended pressure.
NOTE: You can release air by pressing the metal
stem in the center of the valve.
5.
Re-check pressure using the accurate tire gauge.
6.
Repeat steps 3 and 4 as necessary until the tire
pressure is correct.
7.
Reinstall the valve cap to prevent dirt from entering.
Periodically check the valve for damage and leaks.
Inspecting and Maintaining Tires
Regularly inspect the tread and side walls for any sign
of distortion (bulges), foreign objects, cuts or wear.
WARNING:
Do not drive Model S if a tire is
damaged, excessively worn, or inflated to an
incorrect pressure. Check tires regularly for wear,
and ensure there are no cuts, bulges or exposure
of the ply/cord structure.
Tire Wear
Adequate tread depth is important for proper tire
performance. Tires with a tread depth less than 4/32”
(3 mm) are more likely to hydroplane in wet conditions
and should not be used. Tires with a tread depth less
than 5/32” (4 mm) do not perform well in snow and
slush and should not be used when driving in winter
conditions.
Tire Care and Maintenance
163Maintenance
Model S is originally fitted with tires that have wear
indicators molded into the tread pattern. When the
tread has been worn down to 4/32” (3 mm), the
indicators start to appear at the surface of the tread
pattern, producing the eect of a continuous band of
rubber across the width of the tire. For optimal
performance and safety, Tesla recommends replacing
tires before the wear indicators are visible.
Tire Rotation, Balance, and Wheel
Alignment
Tesla recommends rotating the tires every 6,250 miles
(10,000 km) or if tread depth dierence is 2/32 in (1.5
mm) or greater, whichever comes first.
Unbalanced wheels (sometimes noticeable as vibration
through the steering wheel)
aect vehicle handling and
tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of
balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as
required.
If tire wear is uneven (on one side of the tire only) or
becomes abnormally excessive, check the alignment of
wheels.
NOTE: When replacing only two tires, install the new
tires on the rear if your vehicle's front and rear tires are
the same size.
Punctured Tires
A puncture eventually causes the tire to lose pressure,
which is why it is important to check tire pressures
frequently. Permanently repair or replace punctured or
damaged tires as soon as possible.
Your tubeless tires may not leak when penetrated,
provided the object remains in the tire. If, however, you
feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while
driving, or you suspect a tire is damaged, immediately
reduce your speed. Drive slowly, while avoiding heavy
braking or sharp steering and, when safe to do so, stop
the vehicle. Arrange to have
Model S transported to a
Tesla Service Center, or to a nearby tire repair center.
NOTE: In some cases, you can temporarily repair small
tire punctures (under 1/4” (6 mm)) using an optional
tire repair kit available from Tesla. This allows you to
slowly drive
Model S to Tesla or to a nearby tire repair
facility.
WARNING:
Do not drive with a punctured tire that
has not been repaired, even if the puncture has
not caused the tire to deflate. A punctured tire
can deflate suddenly at any time.
Flat Spots
If Model S is stationary for a long period, tires can form
flat spots. When Model S is driven, these flat spots
cause a vibration which gradually disappears as the
tires warm up and regain their original shape.
To minimize
flat spots during storage, inflate tires to the
maximum pressure indicated on the tire wall. Then,
before driving, release air to adjust tire pressure to the
recommended levels.
Improving Tire Mileage
To improve the mileage you get from your tires,
maintain tires at the recommended tire pressures,
observe speed limits and advisory speeds, and avoid:
•
Pulling away quickly, or hard acceleration.
•
Fast turns and heavy braking.
•
Potholes and objects in the road.
• Hitting curbs when parking.
• Contaminating tires with fluids that can cause
damage.
Replacing Tires and Wheels
Tires degrade over time due to the eects of ultraviolet
light, extreme temperatures, high loads, and
environmental conditions. It is recommended that tires
are replaced every six years, or sooner if required, even
if tread depth is above the minimum.
Wheel and tires are matched to suit the handling
characteristics of the vehicle. Replacement tires must
comply with the original
specification. If tires other than
those specified are used, ensure that the load and
speed ratings marked on the tire (see Understanding
Tire Markings on page 186) equal or exceed those of
the original specification.
Ideally, you should replace all four tires at the same
time. If this is not possible, replace the tires in pairs,
placing the new tires on the rear. Always balance the
wheel and tire after replacing a tire.
If you replace a wheel, the TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System) sensors need to be reset to ensure
they provide accurate warnings when tires are under-
or
over-inflated (see Resetting the TPMS Sensors on page
165).
For the specification of the original wheels and tires
installed on Model S, see Wheels and Tires on page
184.
WARNING:
For your safety, use only tires and
wheels that match the original specification. Tires
that do not match the original specification can
aect the operation of the TPMS.
WARNING:
Never exceed the speed rating of your
vehicle's tires. The speed rating is shown on the
sidewall of your tires (see Understanding Tire
Markings on page 186).
Tire Care and Maintenance
164 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Asymmetric Tires
Model S tires are asymmetric and must be mounted on
the wheel with the correct sidewall facing outward. The
sidewall of the tire is marked with the word OUTSIDE.
When new tires are installed, make sure that the tires are
correctly mounted on the wheels.
WARNING: Road holding is seriously impaired if
the tires are incorrectly installed on the wheels.
Wheel
Configuration
If you are installing new wheels or swapping them for
dierent ones, update your vehicle's wheel configuration
by touching Controls > Service > Wheel Configuration.
This allows Model S to learn the new wheels and provide
more accurate status updates on your vehicle. Select a
wheel from the drop down menu that matches the new
wheels you plan to install on
Model S. Selecting new
wheels in the wheel configuration also changes the
wheels that appear on your vehicle's avatar on the
touchscreen.
Ensure you are aware if your vehicle is equipped with
staggered wheels, meaning the wheels are dierent
sizes in the front and rear. Check the front and rear tire
sizes marked on the tire sidewall to see if they match or
are
dierent sizes. If the wheels are staggered, take
extra precaution to ensure the new wheels you install are
staggered in the same way as the previous wheels.
NOTE: Changing your vehicle's wheel configuration can
impact range estimates, tire pressure warning levels, and
vehicle visualization.
WARNING:
Only use Tesla-approved wheels when
installing or swapping wheels. Using non Tesla-
approved wheels can cause serious damage. Tesla
is not liable for damage caused by using wheels
not approved by Tesla.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
Each tire should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the recommended pressures that are printed
on the Tire and Loading Information label located on the
driver’s door pillar (see Maintaining Tire Pressures on
page 163). If your vehicle has tires of a dierent size than
the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire
inflation
pressure label, determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been
equipped with a TPMS that displays a tire pressure
telltale (Tire Pressure Warning) on the
instrument panel
when one or more of your tires is significantly under- or
over-inflated. Accordingly, when the Tire Pressure
indicator light displays on the
instrument panel to alert
you about tire pressure, stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure
(see
Maintaining Tire Pressures on page 163). Driving on
a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also
reduces range eciency and tire tread life, and may
aect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
If
Model S detects a fault with the TPMS,
this indicator flashes for one minute
whenever you power on Model S.
NOTE: Installing accessories that are not approved by
Tesla can interfere with the TPMS.
WARNING:
The TPMS is not a substitute for proper
tire maintenance, including manually checking tire
pressures and regularly inspecting the condition of
tires. It is the driver's responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under- or over-
inflation has not reached the level for the TPMS to
trigger the Tire Pressure Warning on the
instrument panel.
Resetting the TPMS Sensors
After replacing one or more wheels (but not after
replacing a tire or rotating wheels), the TPMS sensors
need to be reset to ensure tire pressure warnings are
accurate.
On newer versions of Model S, the TPMS sensors are
reset automatically after driving over 15 mph (25 km/h)
for longer than 10 minutes. But for older versions, follow
these steps:
1.
Inflate all tires to their recommended pressures, as
indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label
located on the door pillar.
2.
Get ready to drive for ten minutes, then touch
Controls > Service > Reset TPMS.
3. Follow the onscreen instructions.
CAUTION:
Selecting the incorrect wheel size
may result in false tire pressure warnings. If a
tire pressure warning displays, exit the vehicle,
close the rear trunk and all doors, wait for the
touchscreen to go black, then re-enter the
vehicle and ensure that the correct wheel size is
selected before touching Reset TPMS.
Tire Care and Maintenance
165Maintenance
Checking and Cleaning Wiper
Blades
Periodically clean the edge of the wiper blades and
check the rubber for cracks, splits, and roughness. If
damaged, replace the blade immediately to prevent
damage to the glass and improve visibility.
Contaminants on the windshield, or on the wiper
blades, can reduce the eectiveness of the wipers.
Contaminants include ice, wax spray from car washes,
washer fluid with bug and/or water repellent, bird
droppings, tree sap, and other organic substances.
Follow these guidelines for cleaning:
• Clean the windshield and wiper blades using washer
fluid, isopropyl (rubbing) alcohol, or non-abrasive
glass cleaner approved for use on automotive glass
and rubber. Inappropriate products can cause
damage or smears, and create glare on the
windshield.
•
Lift the wiper arm a short distance away from the
windshield, just far enough to access the wiper
blade. Do not lift a wiper arm beyond its intended
position.
If the wipers remain ineective after cleaning, replace
the wiper blades.
Replacing Wiper Blades
For optimum performance, replace the wiper blades at
least once a year.
NOTE: Only install replacement blades that are identical
to the original blades. Using inappropriate blades can
aect the operation of the rain sensor and damage the
wiper system and windshield.
To replace the wiper blades:
1.
Shift into Park and turn o the wipers.
2.
Touch Controls > Service > Wiper Service Mode >
ON to move the wipers to the service position.
3.
Lift the wiper arm a short distance away from the
windshield, just far enough to access the wiper
blade.
CAUTION:
Wiper blades do not lock into a
lifted position. Do not lift a wiper arm beyond
its intended position.
4.
Place a towel between the wiper arm and windshield
to avoid scratching or cracking the windshield.
5. Hold the wiper arm and press the locking tab while
sliding the blade down the arm.
6.
Align the new wiper blade on the wiper arm and
slide it toward the end of the wiper arm until it locks
into place.
7.
Turn Wiper Service Mode o to return the wipers to
their normal position.
Cleaning Washer Jets
The position of the windshield washers is set at the
factory and should never need adjusting.
If a windshield washer becomes blocked, use a thin
strand of wire to clear any blockages from the nozzles.
WARNING:
Do not operate the washers while
cleaning Model S. Windshield washer fluid can
irritate eyes and skin. Read and observe the
washer fluid manufacturer’s instructions.
Wiper Blades and Washer Jets
171Maintenance
Check the fluid level visually by looking at the outside
marks on the side of the reservoir without removing the
filler cap.
The brake fluid level should always be between the MIN
and the MAX marks.
NOTE: Although brake fluid level drops slightly during
normal use as a result of brake pad wear, it should not
drop below the MIN mark.
Topping Up the Brake Fluid
Do not top up your brake fluid. The following
instructions are provided for information purposes and
future reference only:
1.
Clean the filler cap before removing it to prevent dirt
from entering the reservoir.
2.
Unscrew the cap and remove it.
3.
Top up the reservoir to the MAX mark using the
appropriate brake fluid.
4.
Replace the filler cap, ensuring it is fully secured.
WARNING:
Only use new fluid from a sealed air-
tight container. Never use previously used fluid or
fluid from a previously opened container—fluid
absorbs moisture which decreases braking
performance.
WARNING:
Brake fluid is highly toxic. Keep
containers sealed and out of the reach of children.
In the event of accidental consumption, seek
medical attention immediately.
CAUTION:
Brake fluid damages painted surfaces.
Immediately soak up any spills with an absorbent
cloth and wash the area with a mixture of car
shampoo and water.
Topping Up Windshield Washer
Fluid
The only reservoir into which you can add fluid is the
windshield washer fluid reservoir, which is located
behind the front trunk. When the level is low, a message
displays on the
instrument panel.
To top up the washer fluid:
1.
Open the hood.
2. Clean around the filler cap before opening it to
prevent dirt from entering the reservoir.
3. Open the filler cap.
4. While avoiding spilling,
fill the reservoir until the fluid
level is visible just below the filler neck.
5.
Wipe up any spills immediately and wash the
aected area with water.
6.
Replace the filler cap.
NOTE: Some national or local regulations restrict the use
of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs). VOCs are
commonly used as antifreeze in washer fluid. Use a
washer fluid with limited VOC content only if it provides
adequate freeze resistance for all climates in which you
drive
Model S.
CAUTION:
Do not add formulated washer fluids
that contain water repellent or bug wash. These
fluids can cause streaking, smearing, and
squeaking or other noises.
WARNING:
In temperatures below 40° F (4° C),
use a washer fluid with antifreeze. In cold weather,
using a washer fluid without antifreeze can impair
visibility through the windshield.
Fluid Reservoirs
173Maintenance
WARNING: Windshield washer fluid can irritate
eyes and skin. Read and observe the instructions
provided by the washer fluid manufacturer.
Fluid Reservoirs
174 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Jacking Procedure
Follow the steps below to lift Model S. Ensure that any
non-Tesla repair facility is aware of these lifting points.
1. Position Model S centrally between the lift posts.
2. If your Model S is equipped with air suspension, it
automatically self-levels, even when power is o (see
Jack Mode on page 175). Use the touchscreen to
set the suspension as follows:
◦
Touch Controls > Suspension.
◦ Press the brake pedal, then touch Very High to
maximize the height of the suspension.
◦ Touch Controls > Service > Jack Mode to disable
self-leveling.
3.
Position the lift arm pads under the designated body
lift points at the locations shown.
WARNING:
DO NOT position the lift arm pads
under the Battery or side rails, as shown in red.
4.
Adjust the height and position of the lift arm pads to
ensure that they are correctly located.
5.
With assistance, raise the lift to the desired height,
ensuring the lift arm pads remain in their correct
positions.
6.
Engage any lift safety locks. Follow the lift
manufacturer's instructions.
NOTE: Jack mode cancels when Model S is driven over
4 mph (7 km/h).
NOTE: Jack mode may be unexpectedly enabled in
situations where an object is supporting the vehicle's
weight (for example the bumper of the vehicle is
resting on a curb).
WARNING:
If your Model S is equipped with air
suspension, it automatically self-levels, even when
power is o. You MUST disable this system by
engaging Jack mode before lifting or jacking. If
you do not disable air suspenion, Model S can
attempt to self-level, causing serious damage,
bodily injury, or death.
WARNING:
Never raise Model S when the charge
cable is connected, even if charging is not in
progress.
WARNING:
Do not work on an incorrectly
supported vehicle. Doing so can cause serious
damage, bodily injury, or death.
CAUTION:
DO NOT lift from under the Battery or
side rails. Place the lift arm pads under the
designated body lift points only. The locations
shown are the only approved lifting points for
Model S. Lifting at any other points can cause
damage. Damage caused by incorrectly lifting
Model S is not covered by the warranty.
Jack Mode
If Model S is equipped with air suspension, it
automatically self-levels, even when power is o. To
prevent damage when jacking or lifting the vehicle, you
must activate Jack Mode to disable self-leveling. Jack
mode prevents the self-leveling that occurs even when
Model S is powered o.
Press the brake pedal, then touch Controls > Service >
Jack Mode.
To deactivate, touch Jack again.
NOTE: Jack mode automatically cancels when you drive
over 4 mph (7 km/h).
NOTE: Model S also sets Jack mode automatically if it
detects that the vehicle cannot lower to its target
height, or if it detects that an object is supporting the
vehicle's weight (for example the bumper of the vehicle
is resting on a curb).
Jacking and Lifting
175Maintenance
Parts, Accessories, and
Modifications
Use only genuine Tesla parts and accessories. Tesla
performs rigorous testing on parts to ensure their
suitability, safety, and reliability. Purchase these parts
from Tesla, where they are professionally installed and
where you can receive expert advice about
modifications to Model S. Accessories are available for
purchase from Tesla stores or online at
www.tesla.com.
NOTE: Some accessories may not be available in your
market region.
Tesla is unable to assess parts manufactured by other
distributors and therefore accepts no responsibility if
you use non-Tesla parts on
Model S.
WARNING:
Installing non-approved parts and
accessories, or performing non-approved
modifications, can aect the performance of
Model S and the safety of its occupants. Any
damage caused by using or installing non-
approved parts, or by performing non-approved
modifications, is not covered by the warranty.
WARNING:
Tesla does not accept liability for
death, personal injury or damage that occurs if
you use or install non-approved accessories or
make non-approved modifications.
Body Repairs
If your Model S is in a collision, contact Tesla or a Tesla-
approved Body Shop to ensure that it is repaired with
genuine Tesla parts. Tesla has selected and approved
body shops that meet strict requirements for training,
equipment, quality, and customer satisfaction.
Some repair shops and insurance companies might
suggest using non-original equipment or salvaged parts
to save money. However, these parts do not meet
Tesla's high standards for quality,
fit and corrosion
resistance. In addition, non-original equipment and
salvaged parts (and any damage or failures they might
cause) are not covered by the warranty.
Using RFID Transponders
Model S has a metallic coating on the windshield that
can interfere with signals sent from RFID transponders
used by many toll systems. Most Model S vehicles,
depending on date of manufacture, include an area in
the windshield in which the metallic coating is cut out
to accommodate transponders. This area, located on
the right side of the rear view mirror, is the best
location to mount a transponder. If your vehicle does
not include this cut out area, mount the transponder to
the rear window.
NOTE: You can also attach a weather-proof
transponder to the front license plate.
Parts and Accessories
176 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Vehicle Identification Number
You can find the VIN at the following locations:
•
Touch the Tesla "T" at the top center of the
touchscreen. The popup window displays the VIN.
• Stamped on a plate located at the top of the
dashboard. Can be seen by looking through the
windshield.
• Printed on the Vehicle Certification label, located on
the door pillar. Can be seen when the driver’s door is
open.
•
On vehicles manufactured as of August 2015, the VIN
is stamped on the chassis and can be seen by
removing the sill panel on the front passenger door
by gently prying it upward using a flat-bladed tool.
NOTE: The VIN was not stamped on the chassis on
vehicles manufactured between approximately June
2, 2016 and Feb 28, 2017.
CAUTION:
Removing the sill panel to view the
VIN is not recommended because damage is
likely to occur. The panel is held in place with
fragile clips that break easily. Damage caused
by removing the sill panel is not covered by the
warranty.
Emission Control Label
The emission control label is located on the opening face
of the liftgate.
Identification Labels
177Specifications
Load Capacity Labeling
It is important to understand how much weight your
Model S can safely carry. This weight is called the vehicle
capacity weight and includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo and any additional equipment added
to your
Model S since it was manufactured.
Two labels attached to the center door pillar indicate
how much weight Model S can safely carry. Labels are
visible when the front door is open.
1.
Tire and Loading Information Label
2.
Vehicle Certification Label
WARNING:
Overloading Model S has an adverse
eect on braking and handling, which can
compromise your safety or cause damage.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 300 lbs (136 kg)
in the front trunk. Doing so can cause damage.
CAUTION:
Never load more than 175 lbs (80 kg) on
the rear load floor (above the lower trunk
compartment) or more than 285 lbs (130 kg) in the
lower trunk compartment. Doing so can cause
damage.
CAUTION:
Never store large amounts of liquid in
Model S. A significant spill can cause electrical
components to malfunction.
Tire and Loading Information Label
The Tire and Loading Information label provides:
• The maximum number of occupant seating positions.
•
The maximum vehicle capacity weight.
•
The size of the original tires.
• The cold inflation pressures for the original front and
rear tires. These pressures are recommended to
optimize ride and handling characteristics.
Never change this label, even if you use
dierent tires in
the future.
NOTE: If Model S is loaded to its full capacity, double
check all tires to ensure they are inflated to their
recommended pressure levels.
Vehicle Certification Label
The Vehicle Certification label provides:
•
GVWR - Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. The maximum
allowable total mass of
Model S. This is calculated as
the weight of
Model S, all passengers, fluids, and
cargo.
•
GAWR FRT and GAWR RR - Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front and rear axles. The GAWR is the
maximum distributed weight that each axle can
support.
United States:
Canada:
CAUTION:
To prevent damage, never load Model S
so that it is heavier than GVWR or exceeds the
individual GAWR weights.
Vehicle Loading
178 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Calculating Load Limits
1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of
occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX lbs or
XXX kg” on the “Tire and Loading Information” label.
2.
Determine the combined weight of all occupants that
will ride in the vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the occupants from
XXX lbs or XXX kg (see Step 1).
4.
The resulting figure equals the available cargo load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals
1400 lbs (635 kg) and there will be five 150 lb (68 kg)
passengers in the vehicle, the amount of available
cargo capacity is 650 lbs (1400 ‑ 750
(5 x 150) = 650 lbs) or 295 kg (635 ‑ 340
(5 x 68) = 295 kg).
5. Determine the combined cargo weight being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight must not exceed the
available cargo load capacity calculated in Step 4.
WARNING:
Trunks are the preferred places to
carry objects. In a collision, or during hard braking
and sharp turns, loose items in the cabin could
injure occupants.
Example Load Limit Calculations
How much cargo Model S can carry depends on the
number and weight of passengers. The following
calculated load limit examples assume passengers weigh
150 lbs (68 kg). If passengers weigh more or less,
available cargo weight decreases or increases
respectively.
Driver and one passenger
Description Total
Vehicle capacity weight 954 lbs (433 kg)
Subtract occupant weight
(2 x 150 lbs/68 kg)
300 lbs (136 kg)
Available cargo weight 654 lbs (297 kg)
Driver and four passengers
Description Total
Vehicle capacity weight 954 lbs (433 kg)
Subtract occupant weight (5 x 150
lbs/68 kg)
750 lbs (340 kg)
Available cargo weight 204 lbs (93 kg)
The cargo weight should be distributed between the
front and rear trunks.
CAUTION:
Do not exceed the maximum front trunk
load weight of 300 lbs (136 kg).
CAUTION:
Never load more than 175 lbs (80 kg) on
the rear load floor (above the lower trunk
compartment) or more than 285 lbs (130 kg) in the
lower trunk compartment. Doing so can cause
damage.
Towing a Trailer
WARNING: Do not use Model S for towing
purposes. Model S does not support a trailer hitch.
Installing one could cause damage and increase
the risk of a collision.
CAUTION: Using Model S for towing may void the
warranty.
Roof Racks
If Model S is equipped with a sunroof or a panoramic
roof, you can carry up to 165 lbs (75 kg) using a Tesla-
approved roof rack
(see Parts and Accessories on page
176). A Model S equipped with a solid body color roof is
incompatible with roof racks.
CAUTION:
Do not use roof racks, or place any
load, on the roof of a Model S that is equipped
with a solid roof. Doing so can cause significant
damage.
Vehicle Loading
179Specifications
Exterior Dimensions
A Overall Length 196 in 4,970 mm
B
Overall Width (including mirrors)
Overall Width (excluding mirrors)
86.2 in
77.3 in
2,189 mm
1,964 mm
C Overall Height 56.9 in* 1,445 mm*
D Wheel Base 116.5 in 2,960 mm
E Overhang - Front 36.9 in 929 mm
F Overhang - Rear 42.55 in 1,081 mm
G Ground Clearance - Coil Suspension (Rear Wheel Drive vehicle) 5.5 in* 139.7 mm*
G Ground Clearance - Coil Suspension (All-Wheel Drive vehicle) 5.3 in* 134.6 mm*
G Ground Clearance - Air Suspension 4.6 - 6.3 in 116.8 - 160 mm
H
Track - Front
Track - Rear
65.4 in
66.9 in
1,662 mm
1,700 mm
*Values are approximate. Dimensions can vary depending on a vehicle's options and various other factors.
Interior Dimensions
Head Room
Front
Rear
38.8 in
35.3 in
986 mm
897 mm
Leg Room
Front
Rear
42.7 in
35.4 in
1,085 mm
899 mm
Shoulder Room
Front
Rear
57.7 in
55 in
1,466 mm
1,397 mm
Hip Room
Front
Rear
55 in
54.7 in
1,397 mm
1,389 mm
Dimensions and Weights
180 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Cargo Volume
Total cargo volume (rear seats not folded) 28.4 cu ft 804.2 L
Rear cargo volume 26.3 cu ft 744.7 L
Rear cargo volume (with seats folded down) 58.1 cu ft 1,645.2 L
Front cargo volume 2.1 cu ft 59.5 L
Weights
Long Range Long Range Performance
Maximum Curb Weight* 4852 lbs (2201 kg) 4967 lbs (2253 kg)
GVWR** 5939 lbs (2694 kg) 5997 lbs (2720 kg)
Towing Capacity Towing is not permissible
*Curb Weight = weight of the vehicle with correct fluid levels, no occupants and no cargo
**GVWR = Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
NOTE: Values are approximate. Weights can vary depending on a vehicle's options.
Dimensions and Weights
181Specifications
Motor Type
Front Motor AC permanent magnet synchronous motor, liquid-cooled, with variable frequency drive
Rear Motor AC induction motor, liquid-cooled, with variable frequency drive
Nominal Voltage 320 volts
Maximum Motor Power
Rated Max Power*
Standard Range
Front
Rear
205 kW
210 kW
Long Range
Front
Rear
205 kW
210 kW
Performance
Front
Rear
205 kW
375 kW
*Tested in accordance with ECE R85.
Maximum Motor Torque
Nm
Standard Range
Front
Rear
420
335
Long Range
Front
Rear
420
335
Performance
Front
Rear
420
720
Transmission
Type Single speed
fixed gear
Overall Final Drive Ratio
Small motor: 9.325:1
Large motor: 9.734:1
Reverse Gear Reverse direction of motor, limited to
15 mph (24 km/h)
Subsystems
182 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Steering
Type Rack and pinion with electronic power steering, speed sensitive
Number of turns lock to lock 2.05
Turning Circle (curb to curb) 38.8 ft (11.8 m)
Brakes
Type
4-wheel anti-lock braking system (ABS) with Electronic Brake Force
Distribution, Integrated Advanced Stability Control and Electronic
Accelerator pedal actuated regenerative braking system
Calipers
Front: Four piston, fixed
Rear: Single piston, floating
Rotor Diameters (ventilated)
Front: 13.98”/355 mm
Rear: 14.37”/365 mm
Front Rotor thickness
New: 1.26”/32 mm
Service limit: 1.18”/30 mm
Rear Rotor thickness
New: 1.10”/28 mm
Service limit: 1.02”/26 mm
Front Brake Pad Thickness
(excluding back plate)
0.346”/8.8 mm
Rear Brake Pad Thickness (excluding
back plate)
0.354”/9 mm
Parking brake Electrically actuated parking brake calipers
Suspension
Front Independent, double wishbone, air spring or coil spring/telescopic damper, sway bar
Rear Independent, multi-link, air spring or coil spring/telescopic damper
, sway bar (air suspension vehicles only)
Battery - 12V
Rating 33 amp hour or higher
Voltage and Polarity 12V negative (-) ground
Battery - High Voltage
Type Liquid-cooled lithium ion (Li-ion)
Nominal Voltage 350 V DC
Temperature Range Do not expose
Model S to ambient temperatures above 140° F (60° C) or below -22° F
(-30° C) for more than 24 hours at a time.
Subsystems
183Specifications
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
The following information relates to the tire grading system developed by the National Highway Trac Safety
Administration (NHTSA), which grades tires by tread wear, traction and temperature performance. Tires that have
deep tread, and winter tires, are exempt from these marking requirements.
Where applicable, quality grades are found on the tire’s sidewall between the tread shoulder and maximum section
width. For example:
• TREADWEAR 180
•
TRACTION AA
• TEMPERATURE A
The quality grades are described next.
NOTE: In addition to the marking requirements, passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 wears one and a half times better on a government test course than a tire graded
100. The relative performance of tires depends on the actual conditions of their use, however, and can depart
significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices, road characteristics, and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are: AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent a tire’s ability to stop on
wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C
might have poor traction performance.
WARNING:
Defective tires are dangerous. Do not drive if a tire is damaged, excessively worn, or is inflated to
an incorrect pressure. The safety of the vehicle and occupants can be adversely aected. Check tires
regularly for wear and to ensure there are no cuts, bulges or exposure of the ply/cord structure.
WARNING:
The traction grade assigned to the tire is based on straight-ahead braking tests, and does not
include: acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat
and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature
can lead to sudden tire failure.
The grade C corresponds to the minimum level of performance that all passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent levels of performance on the laboratory test
wheel that exceed the minimum requirements.
WARNING:
A tire’s temperature grade is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Tire and Loading Glossaries
General Wheel and Tire Terms
Accessory Weight The combined weight (in excess of those items replaced) of items available as factory
installed equipment.
Wheels and Tires
188 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Bead The inner edge of a tire that is shaped to fit to the rim and form an air tight seal. The
bead is constructed of steel wires which are wrapped, or reinforced, by the ply cords.
Cold Tire Pressure The air pressure in a tire that has been standing in excess of three hours, or driven for
less than one mile.
Curb Weight The weight of a standard vehicle, including any optional equipment fitted, and with the
correct fluid levels.
Gross Vehicle Weight The maximum permissible weight of a vehicle with driver, passengers, load, luggage,
and equipment.
kPa (kilo pascal) A metric unit used to measure pressure. One kilo pascal equals approximately 0.145 psi.
Maximum Inflation
Pressure
The maximum pressure to which the tire should be inflated. This pressure is given on
the tire side wall in psi (lbf/in
2
).
CAUTION: This pressure marked on the tire is the maximum allowed by the tire
manufacturer. It is not the pressure Tesla recommends using for Model S.
Maximum Loaded
Vehicle Weight
The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, vehicle capacity weight, and production
options weight.
Production Options
Weight
The combined weight of options installed which weigh in excess of 3 lb more than the
standard items that they replaced, and are not already considered in curb or accessory
weights.
PSI (lbf/in
2
)
Pounds per square inch (the unit used to measure tire pressure).
Recommended Tire
Inflation Pressure
Tire inflation pressure, established by Tesla, which is based on the type of tires that are
mounted on the vehicle at the factory. This information can be found on the Tire and
Loading Information label located on the door pillar.
Rim The metal support for a tire, or tire and tube, upon which the tire beads are seated.
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
The number of seats multiplied by 150 lbs plus the rated amount of load/luggage.
Load Carrying Definitions
Normal occupant weight 68 kilograms (150 lbs) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column
of the tables for calculating load limits (see Vehicle Loading on page 178).
Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle.
Passenger car tire A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and
trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 pounds or less.
Rim diameter Nominal diameter of the bead seat.
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width.
Rim type designation The manufacturing industry's designation for a rim by style or code.
Rim width Nominal distance between the rim's
flanges.
Vehicle maximum load on
the tire
Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of
the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two.
Vehicle normal load on the
tire
Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of
the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by two.
Pneumatic Radial Tire Definitions
Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between components in the bead.
Bias ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles
substantially less than 90 degrees to the center line of the tread.
Wheels and Tires
189Specifications
Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, that when inflated, bears the load.
Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall.
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire.
Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds.
Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner liner of the tire extending to cord material.
Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and higher inflation pressure than the
corresponding standard tire.
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs.
Inner liner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire.
Inner liner
separation
The parting of the inner liner from cord material in the carcass.
Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Maximum load
rating
The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Measuring rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements.
Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or inner liner that extends to the cord material.
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire.
Overall width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including
elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords.
Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies.
Pneumatic tire A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load.
Radial ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the center line of the tread.
Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the
corresponding standard tire.
Section width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding
elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands.
Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and bead.
Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall.
Snow tire A tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared to the ASTM
E1136-93 (re-approved 2003, incorporated by reference, see §571.5) Standard Reference Test
Tire when using the snow traction test as described in ASTM F1805-00 (incorporated by
reference, see §571.5), and that is marked with an Alpine Symbol specified in S5.5(i) on at
least one sidewall.
Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire.
Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road.
Tread rib A tread section running around the circumference of a tire.
Tread separation The pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass.
Tread wear
indicators (TWI)
The projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread.
Wheels and Tires
190 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Wheel-holding
fixture
The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing.
Wheels and Tires
191Specifications
Tesla Roadside Assistance is available to you 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, for the duration of your warranty
period. Tesla Roadside Assistance is also available to speak with roadside service professionals to answer any
questions and explain the proper procedure for transporting your vehicle.
When contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance, please provide:
•
The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The VIN is displayed when you touch the Tesla "T" at the top of the
touchscreen. The VIN can also been seen on the upper dashboard by looking through the driver's side of the
windshield.
•
Your exact location.
•
The nature of the problem.
If available in your region, you can also expedite your request, by choosing the Roadside Assistance option in the
Tesla mobile app.
NOTE: For a detailed description of Tesla's Roadside Assistance policy, go to the support page on the Tesla web
site for your region.
Regional Phone Number(s)
Mexico: 1-800-228-8145
United States and Canada: 1-877-79TESLA (1-877-798-3752)
NOTE: The phone number is also available by touching the Tesla "T" at the top center of the touchscreen.
Contacting Tesla Roadside Assistance
192 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
CAUTION: Before pulling, make sure the tow
eye is securely fastened.
5. Activate Transport Mode by touching Controls >
Service > Towing.
6. Pull Model S slowly onto the flatbed truck.
Pull onto the Flatbed Truck -
Without Tow Eye
It is strongly recommended that you connect the winch
to your vehicle's tow eye, as described previously.
However, if a situation arises in which the tow eye is not
available (lost, misplaced, etc.), the following
instructions describe how to attach tow straps.
1. Attach the tow straps to each of the lower
suspension arms underneath the front of the vehicle.
2.
To protect the underbody from damage, place a
protective barrier (such as a piece of wood) between
the tow strap and underbody.
3.
Activate Transport Mode by touching Controls >
Service > Towing.
4.
Pull Model S slowly onto the flatbed truck.
Secure the Tires
The vehicle's tires must be secured onto the truck using
the eight-point tie-down method.
• Ensure any metal parts on the tie-down straps do not
contact painted surfaces or the face of the wheels.
• Do not place tie-down straps over body panels or
through the wheels.
CAUTION:
Attaching the tie-down straps to the
chassis, suspension or other parts of the vehicle's
body may cause damage.
Instructions for Transporters
195Roadside Assistance
But wait, there's more! Below is a list of the Easter Eggs that have been discovered so far and how to access them.
To access all discovered Easter Eggs, touch the Toybox icon in the application launcher (see Touchscreen Overview
on page 5).
For This... Do This...
Arcade Feeling nostalgic? While in Park, access games from the app launcher or your Easter Egg tray
then select a game from the menu to play. Note that, depending on the game, you may need
to use your steering wheel buttons or a USB controller to play.
NOTE: Depending on vehicle configuration or market region, Entertainment, Arcade, and/or
Theater may not be available on your vehicle.
Santa Mode "What have you been longing for?" Enjoy the holidays year-round with this one! Simply initiate
a voice command and say "Ho Ho Ho". Or, if you are feeling extra sour, you can say "Ho Ho Ho
Not Funny" instead.
Rainbow Road Need more cowbell? Visit Rainbow Road by pulling the Autopilot stalk toward you four times
in quick succession while Autosteer is enabled.
Sketchpad Triple-tap the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) and channel your inner Picasso. Show
us what you got! Touch Publish to submit your artistic compositions to Tesla for critiquing.
Mars Press and hold the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) then enter mars in the access
code popup. The map shows your Model S as a rover on the Martian landscape, and the About
Your Tesla box displays SpaceX's interplanetary spaceship.
007 (air
suspension
vehicles only)
Press and hold the Tesla "T" (top center of the touchscreen) and enter 007 in the access code
popup. You are no longer a "Driver", you're a "Diver"! Touch Controls > Suspension to change
your depth.
Ludicrous Speed
(P100D vehicles
only)
Press and hold the Ludicrous setting (Controls > Driving > Acceleration > Ludicrous) for
approximately five seconds. Touch Yes, bring it on! if you want to go fast. To display power
and acceleration readings on the instrument panel, press either scroll button briefly until the
available options are displayed. Then, roll the scroll button to highlight Readout then press the
scroll button again.
The Answer to
the Ultimate
Question of Life,
The Universe,
and Everything
Rename your car to 42 (see Naming Your Vehicle on page 123) and notice the new name of
your Model S.
Rainbow Charge
Port
When Model S is locked and charging, press the button on the mobile connector ten times in
quick succession. Neat, huh?
Romance Mode You can’t roast chestnuts by an open fire in your car, but you can still cozy up with your loved
ones by this virtual fireplace. While in Park, access Romance Mode from your Easter Egg tray.
Queue the music and get your romance on!
Emissions
Testing Mode
Holiday fun can come in surprising ways. Access Emissions Testing Mode from your Easter
Egg tray, then select your preferred fart style and a target seat. Activate by pressing the left
scroll wheel button when you’re ready to “release” your prank.
TRAX It's never too late to follow your dream of becoming a world-famous DJ. With TRAX, you can
turn your vehicle into your own personal music studio. While in Park, choose from an array of
instruments and unique sounds to create the next hit song. Access TRAX through your Easter
Egg tray on the touchscreen and get jamming. Microphone and headset not included
(depending on vehicle configuration and market region, this may not be available on your
vehicle).
Easter Eggs
196 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Document Applicability
Owner information is updated regularly to reflect
updates to your vehicle. However, in some cases,
recently released features may not be described. To
display information about recently released features,
view the Release Notes on the touchscreen. Release
Notes are displayed on the touchscreen after a software
update, and can be displayed at any time by touching
the Tesla "T" at the top of the touchscreen, then
touching the Release Notes link. Release notes can also
be accessed by navigating to
Controls > Software. If
information related to how to use the touchscreen
conflicts with information in the Release Notes, the
Release Notes take precedence.
Illustrations
Illustrations are provided for demonstration purposes
only. Depending on vehicle options, software version,
region of purchase, and
specific settings, your vehicle
may appear slightly dierent. Although the owner
information is applicable to both right-hand drive and
left-hand drive vehicles, many illustrations show only
left-hand drive vehicles. However, the essential
information that the illustrations are providing is
correct.
Feature Availability
Some features are available only on some vehicle
configurations and/or only in specific market regions.
Options or features mentioned in the owner information
does not guarantee they are available on your
specific
vehicle.
Errors or Inaccuracies
All specifications and descriptions are known to be
accurate at time of publishing. However, because
continuous improvement is a goal at Tesla, we reserve
the right to make product
modifications at any time. To
communicate any inaccuracies or omissions, or to
provide general feedback or suggestions regarding the
quality of this owner information, send an email to
OwnersManualFeedback@Tesla.com.
Location of Components
Owner information may specify the location of a
component as being on the left or right side of the
vehicle. As shown, left (1) and right (2) represent the
side of the vehicle when sitting inside.
Copyrights and Trademarks
© 2013-2020 Tesla, Inc. All information in this document
and all vehicle software is subject to copyright and
other intellectual property rights of Tesla, Inc. and its
licensors. This material may not be
modified,
reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the
prior written permission of Tesla, Inc. and its licensors.
Additional information is available upon request. Tesla
uses software created by the Open Source community.
Please visit Tesla’s Open Source software website at
http://www.tesla.com/opensource. HD Radio is a
registered trademark of iBiquity Digital Corporation.
The following are trademarks or registered trademarks
of Tesla, Inc. in the United States and other countries:
All other trademarks contained in this document are the
property of their respective owners and their use herein
does not imply sponsorship or endorsement of their
products or services. The unauthorized use of any
trademark displayed in this document or on the vehicle
is strictly prohibited.
About this Owner Information
197Consumer Information
Event Data Recorder (EDR)
Model S is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will
assist in understanding how a vehicle's systems
performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short
period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in
Model S is designed to record data such as:
•
How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety
belts were buckled/fastened;
•
How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the
accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
The data can help provide a better understanding of
the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded
by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash
location) is recorded. However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the
type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is
required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other
parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special
equipment, can read the information if they have access
to the vehicle or the EDR. Tesla may also access the
EDR remotely in some crash circumstances.
Vehicle Telematics
Model S is equipped with electronic modules that
monitor and record data from various vehicle systems,
including the motor, Autopilot components, Battery,
braking and electrical systems. The electronic modules
record information about various driving and vehicle
conditions, including braking, acceleration, trip and
other related information regarding your vehicle. These
modules also record information about the vehicle’s
features such as charging events and status, the
enabling/disabling of various systems, diagnostic
trouble codes, VIN, speed, direction and location.
The data is stored by the vehicle and may be accessed,
used and stored by Tesla service technicians during
vehicle servicing or periodically transmitted to Tesla
wirelessly through the vehicle’s telematics system. This
data may be used by Tesla for various purposes,
including, but not limited to: providing you with Tesla
telematics services; troubleshooting; evaluation of your
vehicle’s quality, functionality and performance; analysis
and research by Tesla and its partners for the
improvement and design of our vehicles and systems;
to defend Tesla; and as otherwise may be required by
law. In servicing your vehicle, Tesla can potentially
resolve issues remotely simply by reviewing your
vehicle’s data log.
Tesla’s telematics system wirelessly transmits vehicle
information to Tesla on a periodic basis. The data is
used as previously described and helps ensure the
proper maintenance of your vehicle. Additional
Model S
features may use your vehicle’s telematics system and
the information provided, including features such as
charging reminders, software updates, and remote
access to, and control of, various systems of your
vehicle.
Tesla does not disclose the data recorded in your
vehicle to any third party except when:
• An agreement or consent from the vehicle’s owner
(or the leasing company for a leased vehicle) is
obtained.
•
Ocially requested by the police or other
authorities.
•
Used as a defense for Tesla.
•
Ordered by a court of law.
•
Used for research purposes without disclosing
details of the vehicle owner or identification
information.
•
Disclosed to a Tesla aliated company, including
their successors or assigns, or our information
systems and data management providers.
For additional information regarding how Tesla
processes data collected from your vehicle, please
review Tesla's Privacy Notice at http://www.tesla.com/
about/legal.
Data Sharing
For quality assurance and to support the continuous
improvement of advanced features such as Autopilot,
your
Model S may collect analytics, road segment,
diagnostic, and vehicle usage data and send to Tesla for
analysis. This analysis helps Tesla improve products and
services by learning from the experience of billions of
miles that Tesla vehicles have driven. Although Tesla
shares this data with partners that contribute similar
data, the collected information does not identify you
personally and can be sent to Tesla only with your
explicit consent. In order to protect your privacy,
personal information is either not logged at all, is
subject to privacy preserving techniques, or is removed
from any reports before being sent to Tesla. You have
control over what data you share by touching
Controls
> Safety & Security > Data Sharing.
Disclaimers
198 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
For additional information regarding how Tesla
processes data collected from your vehicle, please
review Tesla's Privacy Notice at http://www.tesla.com/
about/legal.
NOTE: Although Model S uses GPS in connection with
driving and operation, as discussed in this owner's
manual, Tesla does not record or store
vehicle-specific
GPS information, except the location where a crash
occurred. Consequently, Tesla is unable to provide
historical information about a vehicle's location (for
example, Tesla is unable to tell you where
Model S was
parked/traveling at a particular date/time).
Quality Control
You might notice a few miles/km on the odometer when
you take delivery of your Model S. This is a result of a
comprehensive testing process that ensures the quality
of your
Model S.
The testing process includes extensive inspections
during and after production. The final inspection takes
place at Tesla and includes a road test conducted by a
technician.
California Proposition 65
WARNING:
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or o-highway motor vehicle
can expose you to chemicals including phthalates
and lead, which are known to the State of
California to cause cancer and birth defects or
other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure,
wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when
servicing your vehicle. For more information go to:
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING:
Certain components of this vehicle
such as airbag modules and seat belt pre-
tensioners may contain Perchlorate Material.
Special handling may be required for service or
vehicle end of life disposal. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
WARNING:
Battery posts, terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead compounds.
Wash hands after handling.
Disclaimers
199Consumer Information
Contacting Tesla
For detailed information about your Model S, go to
www.tesla.com, and log on to your Tesla Account, or
sign up to get an account.
If you have any questions or concerns about your
Model S, call 1-877-79TESLA (1-877‑798-3752).
NOTE: You can also use voice commands to provide
feedback to Tesla. Say "Note", "Report", "Bug note", or
"Bug report" (in the English language) followed by brief
comments in your language of choice. Model S takes a
snapshot of its systems, including your current location,
vehicle diagnostic data, and screen captures of the
touchscreen
and instrument panel. Tesla periodically
reviews these notes and uses them to continue
improving
Model S.
Reporting Safety Defects - US
If you believe that Model S has a defect which could
cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Trac Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Tesla.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an
investigation. If it finds that a safety defect exists in a
group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy
campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in
individual problems between you, your dealer, or Tesla.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety
Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
www.safercar.gov; or write
to: Administrator, National Highway Trac Safety, 1200
New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can
also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety
from www.safercar.gov.
Reporting Safety Defects - Canada
If you believe that your Model S has a defect which
could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Transport Canada, in addition
to notifying Tesla. To contact Transport Canada, call their
toll-free number: 1-800-333-0510.
Reporting Safety Defects
200 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
Key and Passive Unlocking System
FCC Certification
Model Number Mfr Frequency Tested For
A-0749G02 Pektron 315 MHz
USA
Canada
Mexico
Taiwan
A-0749G12 Pektron 315 MHz
USA
Canada
Mexico
Taiwan
WC1 Tesla 127.7 KHz Global
The devices listed above comply with Part 15 of the FCC rules, Industry Canada's license-exempt RSS Standard(s)
and EU Directive 2014/53/EU.
1.
This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2.
This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by Tesla could void your authority to operate the equipment.
Radiation Exposure Statement
The product complies with the FCC/IC RF Exposure for Low Power Consumer Wireless Power Transfer. The RF
exposure limit set forth for an uncontrolled environment and are safe for intended operation as described in this
manual. The furthest RF exposure that compliance was demonstrated at 20cm and greater separation from the user
body or set the device to lower output power if such function is available.
IC Certification
CAN ICES-3 (B)/NMB-3(B)
The following device is used in vehicles in Canada:
•
Key fob Model Number: 002 and A-0749G12 (315 MHz)
•
Key fob Manufacturer: Pektron
Per IC 10176A-002, this device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radioexempts de licence.
L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :
1.
l'Appareilne doit pas produire de brouillage, et
2.
l'Utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible
d'en compromettre lefonctionnement.
Declarations of Conformity
201Consumer Information
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition
aux rayonnements IC établies pour unenvironnement
non contrôlé.
Déclaration d'exposition aux radiations:
Le produit est conforme à l'exposition RF IC pour le
transfert de puissance sans fil de consommateurs de
faible puissance. La limite d'exposition RF fixée pour un
environnement non contrôlé est sans danger pour le
fonctionnement prévu tel que décrit dans ce manuel.
L'exposition RF supplémentaire que la conformité a été
démontrée à 20cm et plus de séparation du corps de
l'utilisateur ou de mettre l'appareil à la puissance de
sortie inférieure si une telle fonction est disponible.
MIC Certification
Model Number Mfr MHz Tested For
A-0749G04/A-0749G14 Pektron 315 Japan
CE Certification
Model # Mfr MHz Tested For
A-0749G01 and
A-0749G11
Pektron 433
Europe
Australia
New Zealand
Singapore
South Korea
A-0749G05 and
A-0749G15
Pektron 433
China
Hong Kong
Korea
The devices listed above comply with CE standards.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
1.
This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by
Tesla could void your authority to operate the
equipment.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
FCC IDs: TZSTPMS201, Z9F-201FS43X
Declarations of Conformity
202 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
• See the About Autopilot on page 79 sections “How It
Works” and “Cleaning Cameras and Sensors” for
more on the radar location and care needed if
clearing dirt / debris from that area of the vehicle.
• See Cleaning on page 168 for general cleaning tips
and cautions.
Once the radar regains adequate visibility, the alert will
clear and both Trac-Aware Cruise Control and
Autosteer should again be available.
If this alert persists throughout subsequent drives but no
obstruction is visible on the front bumper where the
radar is located, contact Tesla Service at your earliest
convenience. Your vehicle is OK to drive in the
meantime.
(APP_w222)
Cruise control unavailable
Reduced front camera visibility
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer are
unavailable because one or more of the front cameras in
your vehicle is blocked or blinded by external conditions.
Continue to your destination. Your vehicle is OK to drive.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer will remain
unavailable while a front camera lacks adequate
visibility. Cameras can be blocked or blinded due to
many factors that include:
•
Dirt or debris on the camera surface
•
Environmental conditions like rain, fog, snow, or dew
•
Bright sunlight or glare from another light source
•
Condensation (water droplets or mist) on the camera
surface
This is often a temporary issue that will clear up when
condensation evaporates or a particular environmental
condition is no longer present.
If the alert does not clear by the end of your drive,
inspect and clean the front camera area at the top
center of the windshield before your next planned drive.
Check the camera surface for condensation, dirt, or
other debris and attempt to clear any obstruction. See
the
About Autopilot on page 79 sections “How It Works”
and “Cleaning Cameras and Sensors” for more on front
camera location and tips for careful cleaning.
Although condensation on the inside of the front camera
enclosure cannot be wiped clean, you can usually clear it
quicker by following these steps:
1. Pre-condition the cabin with the temperature set to
High and A/C turned ON.
2.
Turn on the front windshield defroster.
Once all front cameras regain adequate visibility, the
alert will clear and both
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and
Autosteer should again be available.
If this alert persists throughout subsequent drives but no
front camera obstruction is visible, contact Tesla Service
at your earliest convenience. Your vehicle is OK to drive
in the meantime.
(APP_w224)
Cruise control unavailable
Continue driving to allow cameras
to calibrate
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer are
unavailable because the cameras on your vehicle are not
fully calibrated. Continue to your destination. Your
vehicle is OK to drive.
Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer will remain
unavailable until camera calibration is complete.
Your vehicle must maneuver with great precision when
features like Trac-Aware Cruise Control and Autosteer
are active. Before these features can be used for the first
time, the cameras must complete an initial self-
calibration. Occasionally, one or more cameras can
become uncalibrated.
For your convenience, a calibration progress indicator is
displayed on the touchscreen. Calibration typically
completes after your vehicle has driven 20-25 miles
(32-40 km), but the distance varies depending on road
and environmental conditions. For example, driving on a
straight road with highly visible lane markings helps the
cameras calibrate quicker.
See Drive to Calibrate Cameras on page 80 for more
information.
When calibration is complete, Trac-Aware Cruise
Control and Autosteer should be available.
If the alert persists and camera calibration has not
completed after your vehicle has driven 100 miles (160
km) or more, or Trac-Aware Cruise Control and
Autosteer remain unavailable despite successful camera
calibration, contact Tesla Service at your earliest
convenience. Your vehicle is OK to drive in the
meantime.
(APP_w304)
Camera blocked or blinded
Clean camera or wait for it to
regain visibility
One or more of the vehicle cameras is blocked or
blinded due to external conditions. When the cameras
cannot provide accurate visual information, some or all
Autopilot features may be temporarily restricted.
Troubleshooting Alerts
205Consumer Information
2. Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3. Thermal sensor disconnected
4. Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1. Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a. Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure all
wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_f005)
Unable to charge - Wall Connector
GFCI tripped
Disconnect and retry or use
dierent equipment
What this alert means:
Ground fault. Current is leaking through an unsafe path.
Possible Line to ground or Neutral to ground fault.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If the problem persists, turn
OFF the circuit breaker servicing the Wall Connector,
wait 10 seconds, turn the circuit breaker ON again, then
try reconnecting the Wall Connector to the vehicle. If the
problem persists, contact Tesla.
(CC_f006)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
overcurrent
Disconnect and retry or use
dierent equipment
What this alert means:
Over current protection.
What to do:
Reduce the vehicle's charge current setting. If the
problem persists and the attached vehicle is
manufactured by Tesla, contact Tesla. If the problem
persists and If the attached vehicle is not manufactured
by Tesla, contact the original manufacturer.
(CC_f007)
Unable to charge – Voltage too
high
Check voltage is within Wall
Connector rating
What this alert means:
Over or under voltage protection.
What to do:
Consult your electrician to ensure appropriate voltage
on the circuit breaker that services the Wall Connector.
(CC_f008)
Unable to charge – Voltage too low
Check voltage is within Wall
Connector rating
What this alert means:
Over or under voltage protection.
What to do:
Consult your electrician to ensure appropriate voltage
on the circuit breaker that services the Wall Connector.
(CC_f009)
Unable to charge – Input wired
incorrectly
Reconnect Wall Connector wiring
correctly
What this alert means:
Troubleshooting Alerts
207Consumer Information
Input miswired: possibly Line and Neutral are swapped.
What to do:
The wiring between the wall power and the Wall
Connector has been incorrectly installed. Consult your
electrician.
(CC_f010)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2. Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3.
Thermal sensor disconnected
4.
Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a.
Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure
all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5. If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_f011)
Unable to charge – Wall
Connector too hot
Let Wall Connector cool and try
again
What this alert means:
Over temperature protection (latcho).
What to do:
Make sure the Wall Connector is not covered by
anything and that there is no heat source nearby. If the
problem persists in normal ambient temperatures
(under 100°F or 38°C), contact Tesla.
(CC_f012)
Unable to charge - Wall connection
too hot
Check outlet or Wall Connector
wiring
High temperature detected by Wall Connector alerts
indicate the building connection to the Wall Connector
is getting too warm, so charging has stopped to protect
the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Wall Connector, but rather an issue with the building
wiring. This may be caused by a loose building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector and can be
fixed
quickly by an electrician.
To regain normal charge operation, try the following
steps.
If the Wall Connector is plugged into a wall outlet, make
sure:
•
The plug is fully inserted into the receptacle / outlet
•
The plug / outlet area is not blocked or covered by
anything
•
There is no heat source nearby
If the issue persists or the Wall Connector is hard-wired,
contact an electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector. They should make
sure that all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the installation guide for the Wall
Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be found here.
Troubleshooting Alerts
208 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
(CC_f013)
Unable to charge – Charge handle
too hot
Check charge handle or charge port
for debris
What this alert means:
Over temperature protection (latcho).
What to do:
Make sure the connector is fully inserted into the charge
inlet in the vehicle's charging port, is not covered by
anything, and there is no heat source nearby. If the
problem persists in normal ambient temperatures (under
100°F or 38°C), contact Tesla.
(CC_f014)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2.
Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3.
Thermal sensor disconnected
4.
Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a. Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b. Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure all
wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4. Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5. If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_f015)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_f016)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_f017)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
Troubleshooting Alerts
209Consumer Information
Only one Wall Connector can be set to a master
configuration. All other linked Wall Connectors must be
set to paired (position F). Set one of the Wall
Connectors to Master and all others to paired.
(CC_f022)
Unable to charge – More than 1
Master
Ensure only 1 Wall Connector is set
as Master
What this alert means:
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network: Need one (and only
one) Wall Connector set to Master.
What to do:
Only one Wall Connector can be set to a master
configuration. All other linked Wall Connectors must be
set to paired (position F). Set one of the Wall
Connectors to Master and all others to paired.
(CC_f023)
Unable to charge – Too many Wall
Connectors
Ensure no more than 3 units paired
to Master
What this alert means:
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network: More than three Wall
Connectors are paired with the same Master.
What to do:
One or more paired Wall Connectors must be moved to
a dierent circuit and disconnected (unpaired) from this
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network.
(CC_f024)
Unable to charge – Low Wall
Connector current
Increase Master current
or unpair other units
What this alert means:
Incorrect rotary switch setting.
What to do:
Make sure there is no power to the Wall Connector.
Remove the face plate and adjust the rotary switch to a
valid operating current setting. The correlation between
switch setting and current is printed on the inside of the
Wall Connector. You can also refer to the Set the
Operating Current section in the Wall Connector
Installation Manual. If the Wall Connector is set up for
load sharing (paired with other Wall Connectors), the
rotary switch of the master unit must be set to an
operating current setting that allows each paired Wall
Connector to receive at least 6A of charge current.
Example: Three Wall Connectors are paired for load
sharing. The master unit needs to be set to a current of
at least 3 * 6A = 18A or greater.
(CC_f025)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2.
Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3.
Thermal sensor disconnected
4.
Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a.
Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c. Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure all
wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
Troubleshooting Alerts
211Consumer Information
(CC_f026)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1.
Contactor not working
2.
Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3. Thermal sensor disconnected
4. Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2.
If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3.
If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a.
Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b.
Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure
all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_f027)
Unable to charge – Wall Connector
issue
Wall Connector needs service
What this alert means:
Wall Connector hardware issue. Possible issues include:
1. Contactor not working
2. Self-test of internal ground fault monitoring circuit
failed
3. Thermal sensor disconnected
4. Other hardware component issues
What to do:
An internal issue was detected by the Wall Connector.
1.
Try charging again by disconnecting the Wall
Connector from the vehicle and reconnecting.
2. If the issue persists, turn OFF the circuit breaker for
the Wall Connector, wait 10 seconds, and turn the
circuit breaker ON again. Then try reconnecting the
Wall Connector to the vehicle.
3. If the issue persists, check for loose connections.
a. Make sure there is no power to the Wall
Connector.
b. Remove the face plate and inspect the wiring
terminals for any loose connections.
c.
Contact an electrician if necessary to make sure
all wires are properly connected and torqued
according to the instructions in the Wall
Connector Installation Manual.
4.
Once all connections have been checked and made
secure, restore power to the Wall Connector and try
charging again by reconnecting to the vehicle.
5.
If the issue persists, the Wall Connector needs
service. Schedule a service appointment through
your Mobile App.
(CC_f028)
Unable to charge – Incorrect switch
setting
Adjust rotary switch setting in Wall
Connector
What this alert means:
Incorrect rotary switch setting.
What to do:
Make sure there is no power to the Wall Connector.
Remove the face plate and adjust the rotary switch to a
valid operating current setting. The correlation between
switch setting and current is printed on the inside of the
Wall Connector. You can also refer to the Set the
Operating Current section in the Wall Connector
Installation Manual. If the Wall Connector is set up for
load sharing (paired with other Wall Connectors), the
rotary switch of the master unit must be set to an
operating current setting that allows each paired Wall
Connector to receive at least 6A of charge current.
Example: Three Wall Connectors are paired for load
sharing. The master unit needs to be set to a current of
at least 3 * 6A = 18A or greater.
Troubleshooting Alerts
212 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
(CC_f029)
Unable to charge – Vehicle
connection issue
Insert charge handle fully into
charge port
What this alert means:
A communication error occurred between the Wall
Connector and the vehicle.
What to do:
Try again by disconnecting the Wall Connector from the
vehicle and reconnecting. If possible, plug the vehicle
into another Wall Connector or a Mobile Connector to
determine if the vehicle is able to communicate with
other charging equipment. If the problem persists,
contact Tesla.
(CC_f030)
Unable to charge – Master / paired
mismatch
Make Wall Connector current
ratings match
What this alert means:
Circuit Breaker Sharing Network: The paired Wall
Connectors have dierent maximum current capabilities.
What to do:
Only Wall Connectors with the same maximum current
capabilities can be paired in a load-sharing (circuit
breaker sharing) network. Inspect the type labels on the
Wall Connectors to make sure the current capabilities
match. It is further recommended to only pair Wall
Connectors with the same part number, as an easy way
to make sure paired units are compatible.
(CC_f041)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall Connector alerts
indicate the building connection to the Wall Connector
is getting too warm, so charging has been slowed to
protect the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Wall Connector, but rather an issue with the building
wiring. This may be caused by a loose building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector and can be
fixed
quickly by an electrician.
To regain normal charge speed, contact an electrician to
inspect the building wiring connection to the Wall
Connector. They should make sure that all wires are
properly connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be found here.
(CHG_f091)
Charging equipment not
recognized
Try again or try dierent equipment
The charge port is unable to detect whether a charge
cable is inserted or the type of charge cable connected.
If this alert appears while a charge cable is connected, it
should be determined whether the issue is caused by
the charging equipment or the vehicle. Try charging the
vehicle using
dierent external charging equipment
(charge cable, charging station, charging stall, etc.).
•
If the vehicle begins charging, the issue was likely
with the equipment.
•
If the vehicle still does not charge, the issue may be
with the vehicle.
If this alert appears while a charge cable is not
connected or if the issue is suspected to be with the
vehicle, inspect the charge port inlet and the charge
cable connector for any obstructions (use a
flashlight as
necessary). Debris, moisture, and/or foreign objects
present in the charge port inlet or the charge cable
connector can prevent the charge port from properly
detecting charge cables. If any obstruction is found:
1.
Remove the debris / foreign object or dry any
moisture.
2.
Try re-inserting the cable into the charge port.
Charging should now be possible.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
• Try charging with multiple, dierent types of
charging equipment.
•
Make sure any charge port inlet obstruction has been
removed.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 71
for more details. Additional third-party charging stations
may also be available in your area to help you to
pinpoint the issue.
Troubleshooting Alerts
213Consumer Information
• Try charging with multiple, dierent types of
charging equipment.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 71
for more details. Additional third-party charging stations
may also be available in your area to help you to
pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(CHG_u014)
Charging equipment reports error
Check equipment for error code or
message
Charging was interrupted because the external charging
equipment has reported a fault that prevents the vehicle
from charging.
Inspect the external charging equipment and look for
status lights, displays, or other status indicators on the
equipment. Consult the equipment owner’s manual for
further troubleshooting instructions.
Try charging the vehicle with dierent charging
equipment or at a dierent charging station.
•
If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was likely
with the equipment.
•
If the vehicle still does not charge, the issue may be
with the vehicle.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with dierent charge equipment / at
dierent stations.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 71
for more details. Additional third-party charging stations
may also be available in your area to help you to
pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
(CHG_w032)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall Connector alerts
indicate the building connection to the Wall Connector
is getting too warm, so charging has been slowed to
protect the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Wall Connector, but rather an issue with the building
wiring. This may be caused by a loose building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector and can be
fixed
quickly by an electrician.
To regain normal charge speed, contact an electrician to
inspect the building wiring connection to the Wall
Connector. They should make sure that all wires are
properly connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be found here.
(CHG_w037)
Charging stopped
High temperature detected by Wall
Connector
High temperature detected by Wall Connector alerts
indicate the building connection to the Wall Connector
is getting too warm, so charging has stopped to protect
the wiring and Wall Connector.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Wall Connector, but rather an issue with the building
wiring. This may be caused by a loose building wiring
connection to the Wall Connector and can be
fixed
quickly by an electrician.
To regain normal charge operation, contact an
electrician to inspect the building wiring connection to
the Wall Connector. They should make sure that all wires
are properly connected and torqued according to the
installation guide for the Wall Connector.
Wall Connector installation guides can be found here.
Troubleshooting Alerts
217Consumer Information
(CP_w054)
Charge port latch not engaged
Fully insert charge cable or check
for obstruction
The charge port latch is unable to latch the charge
cable in the charge port inlet. If the latch is not
engaged, AC charging (for example, charging with a
Tesla Mobile Connector or Wall Connector) will be
limited to 16A and DC Fast Charging / Supercharging
will be unavailable.
The charge port light will pulse amber if this alert
appears during AC charging and will be solid amber if
this alert appears when attempting to DC Fast Charge /
Supercharge.
Try re-inserting the charge cable fully into the charge
port inlet.
• If the vehicle begins charging and the charge port
light pulses green, the charge cable may not have
been fully inserted. The latch may not have engaged
during previous attempts, because the cable was not
fully inserted, even though it may have appeared to
be. AC charging should no longer be limited and DC
Fast Charging / Supercharging should be possible.
•
If charging is still limited or the vehicle does NOT
charge, inspect the charge port inlet and the charge
cable connector for any obstructions (use
flashlight
as necessary). Debris, and/or foreign objects present
in the charge port inlet or the charge cable
connector can prevent the charge cable from being
fully inserted and the charge port latch from
engaging. If any obstruction is found:
1.
Remove the debris / foreign object.
2.
Try re-inserting the cable into the inlet. AC
charging should no longer be limited and DC Fast
Charging / Supercharging should be possible.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Make sure the charge cable is fully inserted during
charging.
•
Make sure any charge port inlet obstruction has
been removed.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 71
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector or Wall Connector status lights, refer to the
product's Owner's Manual at Charging & Adapter
Product Guides. If using other external charging
equipment, refer to the manufacturer's provided
documentation for troubleshooting tips.
For more information on charging, see Charging
Instructions on page 156.
(DI_w039)
Regenerative braking temporarily
reduced
Will improve as vehicle is driven
Regenerative braking performance has been
temporarily reduced to below 65% of its full capacity.
The exact reduction is indicated by the dashed lines on
the power meter:
While this alert is present, the deceleration rate of the
vehicle due to regenerative braking will be reduced and
more brake pedal application will be required to slow
the vehicle (similar to what is needed in a gas-powered,
non-electric, vehicle).
This alert is expected under the following conditions:
•
Battery is near full charge:
◦ Regenerative braking is reduced when the battery
is at 95% charge or higher.
• Battery is cold:
◦
The battery may not be warm enough for full
regenerative braking performance (possibly at
the beginning of a drive).
Troubleshooting Alerts
218 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
◦ In extremely cold climates, this alert may remain
present indefinitely and regenerative braking may
remain reduced, as driving the vehicle may not
warm the battery enough to fully restore
performance.
Typically, driving will clear this alert because it will
reduce the battery charge level below 95% and
suciently warm the battery.
This is a completely normal part of vehicle operation and
should not cause alarm. The notice on the screen is for
your information only.
For more information on regenerative braking, see the
Regenerative Braking section in the Owner’s Manual.
Regenerative Braking on page 60.
(DI_w172)
Powertrain requires service
Avoid hard acceleration
An issue has been detected in the powertrain system.
The vehicle is OK to drive, but you should schedule
service as soon as possible for a powertrain inspection.
Your vehicle has detected excessive backlash (lash)
between the drive unit and the wheels. High, or
excessive, lash is indicative of mechanical wear.
There are many possible causes, so a powertrain
inspection is needed.
Your vehicle is OK to drive to your immediate
destination and to a service center. Avoid hard or heavy
acceleration, as this puts more stress on the powertrain.
Schedule a service appointment at your earliest
opportunity. If this issue is not addressed, your vehicle
might unexpectedly stop while you are driving.
(GTW_w017)
Electrical system power reduced
Vehicle may shut down
unexpectedly
The electrical system cannot maintain the voltage
required to support all vehicle features.
If you drive the vehicle while this alert is present, certain
features may be disabled or function at a reduced level
due to the low voltage. It is also possible the vehicle will
shut down unexpectedly.
Try turning o non-critical features, like seat heaters or
cabin fans, to help the vehicle maintain electrical power
for as long as possible.
Eliminating or reducing usage of non-critical features
may allow the vehicle to reach its destination without
shutting down, although this is not guaranteed.
Schedule service before your next planned drive. The
vehicle may shut down unexpectedly or may not restart
without service.
(GTW_w018)
Electrical system power reduced
Vehicle may shut down
unexpectedly
The electrical system cannot maintain the voltage
required to support all vehicle features.
If you drive the vehicle while this alert is present, certain
features may be disabled or function at a reduced level
due to the low voltage. It is also possible the vehicle will
shut down unexpectedly.
Try turning o non-critical features, like seat heaters or
cabin fans, to help the vehicle maintain electrical power
for as long as possible.
Eliminating or reducing usage of non-critical features
may allow the vehicle to reach its destination without
shutting down, although this is not guaranteed.
Schedule service before your next planned drive. The
vehicle may shut down unexpectedly or may not restart
without service.
(GTW_w174)
12V battery must be replaced soon
Software updates will not complete
until serviced
The 12V battery has aged or degraded and needs to be
replaced. Until the battery is replaced, vehicle software
updates will not complete.
It is recommended to replace the battery at your earliest
convenience. In the meantime, continue normal use of
the vehicle.
The vehicle is still OK to drive with this alert present, for
a period of time. However, if you continually delay the
12V battery replacement, the vehicle may eventually not
have enough power to start or restart.
If the 12V battery is too low to turn on the vehicle or
open the doors, see Battery Care on page 155 for
recommended actions.
For more information on the battery system, see Battery
Information on page 155.
Troubleshooting Alerts
219Consumer Information
If the vehicle still does not charge when you try a
dierent wall outlet, try charging at a dierent location.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
• Try charging with dierent wall outlets.
•
Try charging with dierent charging equipment.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 71
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector status lights and charging issues, refer to the
product's owner's manual.
(UMC_w005)
Unable to charge with Mobile
Connector
Voltage too low / Try a dierent
wall outlet
The vehicle cannot charge, or charging is interrupted,
because either the Mobile Connector:
•
Does not detect enough supply voltage from the
wall outlet.
OR
•
Detects an unexpected drop in supply voltage from
the wall outlet.
Try charging the vehicle with a dierent wall outlet.
If the vehicle starts to charge, the issue was likely with
the original wall outlet. It is recommended that you
contact an electrician to inspect the building wiring
connection to that outlet.
If the vehicle still does not charge when you try a
dierent wall outlet, try charging at a dierent location.
As this alert is usually specific to external charging
equipment and power sources, and it does not typically
indicate an issue with your vehicle that can be resolved
by scheduling service, it is recommended that you:
•
Try charging with dierent wall outlets.
• Try charging with dierent charging equipment.
You can also try charging your vehicle using a Tesla
Supercharger or Destination Charging location, all of
which can be located through the map on your vehicle's
touchscreen display. See Range Assurance on page 71
for more details. Additional third-party charging
stations may also be available in your area to help you
to pinpoint the issue.
For more information on troubleshooting Mobile
Connector status lights and charging issues, refer to the
product's owner's manual.
(UMC_w008)
Charging stopped
High temperature detected by
Mobile Connector
High temperature detected by Mobile Connector alerts
indicate the outlet used to charge is becoming too
warm, so charging has stopped to protect the outlet.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Mobile Connector, but rather an issue with the outlet. A
warm outlet may be caused by a plug that is not fully
inserted, a loose building wiring connection to the
outlet, or an outlet that is beginning to wear out.
To regain normal charge operation, make sure your
adapter is fully plugged into the outlet. If charging
speed does not return to normal, contact an electrician
to inspect the outlet and building wiring connections to
the outlet and complete any repairs needed.
If the outlet is worn, it should be replaced with a high-
quality outlet. Consider upgrading to a Tesla Wall
Connector for greater convenience and highest
charging speed.
(UMC_w017)
Charging speed reduced
High temperature detected by
Mobile Connector
High temperature detected by Mobile Connector alerts
indicate the outlet used to charge is becoming too
warm, so charging has been slowed to protect the
outlet.
This is not typically an issue with your vehicle or your
Mobile Connector, but rather an issue with the outlet. A
warm outlet may be caused by a plug that is not fully
inserted, a loose building wiring connection to the
outlet, or an outlet that is beginning to wear out.
To regain normal charge speed, make sure your adapter
is fully plugged into the outlet. If charging speed does
not return to normal, contact an electrician to inspect
the outlet and building wiring connections to the outlet
and complete any repairs needed.
Troubleshooting Alerts
222 MODEL S OWNER'S MANUAL
A
ABS (Anti-lock Braking System): 59
absolute speed limit: 116
Acceleration settings: 67
access panel, removing: 172
accessories: 20
plugging into power socket: 20
adaptive headlights: 50
adjacent lane speed: 110
air circulation: 125
air conditioning: 124
air distribution: 125
air filter: 128
air vents: 127
airbags: 33
alarm: 142
all-season tires: 166
always connected, setting: 71
Always Show Estimated Round Trip Energy: 131
anti-lock braking (ABS): 59
application launcher: 5
audio: 39, 134, 136
equalizer: 136
immersive sound: 136
playing files: 134
steering wheel buttons: 39
volume control: 134
Auto High Beam: 50
Auto Lane Change: 90
automatic emergency braking: 114
automatic navigation: 129
Autopark: 102
autopilot: 110
blind spot collision warning: 110
side collision warning: 110
Autopilot: 79, 82, 88, 90, 102, 104, 113, 116
Auto Lane Change: 90
automatic emergency braking: 113
Autopark: 102
Autosteer: 88
collision avoidance assist: 113
forward collision warning: 113
overtake acceleration: 82
overview: 79
speed assist: 116
speed limit warning: 116
staying within speed limits: 116
Summon: 104
Trac-Aware Cruise Control: 82
Autopilot components:
79
Autosteer: 88
average range: 70
B
backup camera: 72
battery (12V): 155, 184
complete discharge: 155
specifications: 184
Battery (high voltage): 155, 172, 184
care of: 155
coolant: 172
specifications: 184
temperature limits: 155
battery (key), replacing: 11
blind spot collision warning: 110
Bluetooth: 136, 137
devices, playing audio files from: 136
general information: 137
phone, pairing and using: 137
body repairs: 176
body touch up: 170
brakes: 59, 114, 172, 184
automatic in emergencies: 114
fluid level: 172
overview of: 59
specifications: 184
Bumper Clearance (Summon): 104
C
cabin air filter: 128
cabin temperature control: 124
Calendar app: 141
California Proposition 65: 199
camera (rear view): 72
cameras (autopilot): 79
Camp Mode: 127
car cover: 170
car status, displaying: 39, 40
car washes: 168
cargo area: 16
cargo volume: 182
carpets, cleaning: 169
CCS (Combo): 154
CE certifications: 201
CHAdeMO: 154
chains: 166
change of ownership: 123
charge port: 156
Index
charge port light: 158
charge port manual release: 157
charge port release lever: 157
charging: 153, 154, 156, 158, 159
charge settings: 158
components and equipment: 153
instructions: 156
public charging stations: 154
scheduling: 158
status of: 159
charging locations, finding: 131
child protection: 14
disabling rear window switches: 14
child seats: 27, 169
cleaning: 169
installing and using: 27
child-protection: 12
disabling liftgate and rear door handles: 12
Chill acceleration: 67
cleaning: 168
climate controls: 124
cold weather best practices: 77
collision avoidance assist: 113
connecting to Wi-Fi: 148
console: 19, 20, 21
12V power socket: 20
cup holders: 21
USB ports: 19
consumption chart: 70
contact information: 193, 201
roadside assistance: 193
Tesla: 201
copyrights: 197
Creep: 60
cruise control: 82
cup holders: 21
D
dashboard overview: 2
Dashcam: 73
data recording: 198
data sharing: 198
declarations of conformity: 201
delivery mileage: 199
devices: 19, 136
Bluetooth, playing audio files: 136
connecting: 19
playing audio files from: 136
dimensions: 180
Dog Mode:
127
dome (map) lights: 48
door handles: 11
door labels: 178
Door Unlock Mode: 12
doors: 10
doors, opening: 10
drive away locking: 12
Drive gear: 46
driver: 23, 37
profiles: 37
seat adjustment: 23
driving: 23, 44, 70
seating position: 23
starting: 44
tips to maximize range: 70
E
Easter Eggs: 197
easy entry, driver profile: 37
EDR (event data recorder): 198
electric parking brake: 61
emergency braking: 113
emergency flashers: 51
Emergency Lane Departure Avoidance: 110
emergency rear door opening: 13
emission label: 177
energy: 52, 60
gained from regenerative braking: 60
range information: 52
Energy app: 70
energy saving mode: 71
energy use predictions (navigating): 131
Erase & Reset: 123
event data recording: 198
exterior: 4, 48, 168, 170, 180
car cover: 170
cleaning: 168
dimensions: 180
lights: 48
overview: 4
polishing, touch up, & repair: 170
F
factory defaults, restoring: 123
factory reset: 123
fan speed, interior: 125
favorites (Media Player): 135
Favorites (navigation): 130
Index
rear seats, folding and raising: 24
rear view camera: 72
rear window switches, disabling: 14
recent (Media Player): 135
Recents (navigation): 130
recording videos: 73, 144
regenerative braking: 60
relative speed limit: 116
release notes: 150
restarting the touchscreen: 44
Reverse gear: 46
RFID transponders: 176
roadside assistance: 193
Roll: 60
roof racks: 179
rotating tires: 164
Round Trip Energy (navigating): 131
S
safety defects, reporting: 201
safety information: 26, 32, 35
airbags: 35
child seats: 32
seat belts: 26
satellite radio: 134
schedule service: 151
scheduled charging: 159
scheduled departure: 159
using: 159
seat belts: 25, 26, 169
cleaning: 169
in a collision: 26
overview of: 25
pre-tensioners: 26
wearing when pregnant: 25
seat covers: 24
seat heaters: 124
seating capacity: 178
seats: 23, 124
adjusting: 23
heaters: 124
security settings: 142
sensors: 79
Sentry Mode: 142
service data recording: 198
service intervals: 161
Settings, erasing: 123
shifting gears: 46
Show Calendar Upon Entry: 141
Side Clearance (Summon):
104
side collision warning: 110
SiriusXM: 134
slip start: 63
Smart Summon: 107
Software Reinstall: 149
software reset: 123
software update preferences: 149
software updates: 149
software version: 9
specifications: 180, 182, 184
12V battery: 184
brakes: 184
cargo volume: 182
dimensions: 180
exterior: 180
High Voltage Battery: 184
interior: 180
motor: 182
steering: 184
subsystems: 182
suspension: 184
tires: 184
transmission: 182
wheels: 184
speed assist: 116
Speed Limit Mode: 123
speed limit warning: 116
Sport acceleration: 67
stability control: 63
Standard acceleration: 67
starting: 44
steering specifications: 184
steering wheel: 39
adjusting position: 39
adjusting sensitivity: 39
buttons: 39
heated: 39
scroll buttons: 39
steering, automatic: 88
Stopping Mode: 60
streaming radio: 135
streaming services: 135
summer tires: 166
Summon: 104
Summon Distance: 104
sunroof: 22
supercharging: 160
described: 160
idle fees: 160
Index
pay-per-use fees: 160
suspension specifications: 184
T
telematics: 198
temperature: 41, 52, 124, 155, 188
Battery (high voltage), limits: 155
cabin, controls for: 124
heated steering wheel: 41
outside: 52
tires: 188
Teslacam: 73
tie-down straps: 195
tilt/intrusion detection: 142
Tire and Loading Information label: 178
tire noise: 166
Tire Pressure Monitoring System: 165, 202
FCC certification: 202
overview of: 165
tire pressures, checking: 163
tires: 163, 164, 166, 184, 186, 188
all-season: 166
balancing: 164
chains: 166
inspecting and maintaining: 163
pressures, how to check: 163
quality grading: 188
replacing: 164
replacing a tire sensor: 166
rotation: 164
specification: 184
summer: 166
temperature grades: 188
tire markings: 186
traction grade: 188
treadwear grade: 188
wheel configuration: 163
winter: 166
toll system transponders, attaching: 176
torque specifications: 182
touch up body: 170
touchscreen: 5, 149, 169
cleaning: 169
overview: 5
software updates: 149
tow eye, locating: 194
towing: 193
towing a trailer: 179
towing instructions: 193
TPMS:
165, 202
FCC certification: 202
overview of: 165
Tracking Disabled: 129
traction control: 63
trademarks: 197
Trac Light and Stop Sign Control: 95
Trac-Aware Cruise Control: 82
trailer hitches: 179
transmission specifications: 182
transponders, attaching: 176
Transport Canada, contacting: 201
Transport Mode: 194
transporting: 193
trip chart: 70
trip meter: 69
Trip Planner: 132
trunk, front: 17
trunk, rear: 12, 15
child-protection lock: 12
disabling interior handle: 12
turn signals: 50
U
ultrasonic sensors: 79
uniform tire quality grading: 188
Unlock on Park: 10
unlocking when key doesn't work: 13
USB devices: 19, 136
connecting: 19
playing audio files from: 136
USB flash drive: 142
USB ports: 19
V
Valet mode: 38
vehicle certification label: 178
Vehicle Hold: 66
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN): 177
vehicle loading: 178
vent, sunroof: 22
ventilation: 127
videos and recording: 73, 144
VIN (Vehicle Identification Number): 177
voice commands: 39
volume control: 5
volume control (media): 134
Index
W
Walk-Away Door Lock: 12
Wall Connector: 154
warning flashers: 51
washer fluid, topping up: 173
washer jets, cleaning: 171
washers, using: 58
wheel chocks: 195
wheels: 164, 184
alignment: 164
replacing: 164
specifications: 184
torque: 184
Wi-Fi, connecting to: 148
windshield washer fluid, topping up: 173
winter tires: 166
wiper blades, replacing: 171
wipers, de-icing: 58
wipers, using: 58
wireless phone charger: 19
Work location: 132
Index
Publication date: October 29, 2020
